src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  22     #include "wx/utils.h"
  23     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  24     #include "wx/settings.h"
  25     #include "wx/log.h"
  26     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  27     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  28     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  29     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  30     #include "wx/intl.h"
  31     #include "wx/math.h"
  32     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  33 #endif
  34
  35 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  36 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  37 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  38 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  39
  40 #include "wx/grid.h"
  41 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  42
  43 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  44     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  45 #else
  46     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  47 #endif
  48
  49 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  50     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  51 #else
  52     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  53 #endif
  54
  55 // Required for wxIs... functions
  56 #include <ctype.h>
  57
  58 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  59 // array classes
  60 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  61
  62 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  63                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  64
  65 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  66 {
  67     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  68         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  69     {
  70     }
  71
  72     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  73     {
  74         attr->DecRef();
  75     }
  76
  77     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  78     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  79
  80 // Cannot do this:
  81 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  82 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  83 };
  84
  85 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  86                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  87
  88 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  89
  90 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  91 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  92
  93 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  94 // events
  95 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  96
  97 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
  98 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
  99 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 115
 116 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 117 // private classes
 118 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 119
 120 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 121 {
 122 public:
 123     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 124     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 125                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 126
 127 private:
 128     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 129
 130     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 131     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 132     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 133     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 134     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 135     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 136
 137     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 138     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 139     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 140 };
 141
 142
 143 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 144 {
 145 public:
 146     wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 147     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 148                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 149
 150 private:
 151     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 152
 153     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 154     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 155     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 156     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 157     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 158     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 159
 160     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 161     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 162     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 163 };
 164
 165
 166 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 167 {
 168 public:
 169     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 170     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 171                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 172
 173 private:
 174     wxGrid *m_owner;
 175
 176     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 177     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 178     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 179     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 180     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 181     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 182
 183     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 184     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 185     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 186 };
 187
 188 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow
 189 {
 190 public:
 191     wxGridWindow()
 192     {
 193         m_owner = NULL;
 194         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 195         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 196     }
 197
 198     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 199                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 200                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 201                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 202     ~wxGridWindow() {}
 203
 204     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 205
 206     wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 207
 208 private:
 209     wxGrid                   *m_owner;
 210     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 211     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 212
 213     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 214     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 215     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 216     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 217     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 218     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 219     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 220     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 221
 222     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 223     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 224     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 225 };
 226
 227
 228 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 229 {
 230 public:
 231     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 232         : m_grid(grid),
 233           m_editor(editor),
 234           m_inSetFocus(false)
 235     {
 236     }
 237
 238     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 239     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 240     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 241
 242     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 243
 244 private:
 245     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 246     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 247
 248     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 249     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 250     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 251
 252     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 253     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 254     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 255 };
 256
 257
 258 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 259
 260 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 261     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 262     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 263     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 264 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 265
 266
 267 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 268 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 269 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 270
 271 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 272 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 273 {
 274 public:
 275     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 276     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 277     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 278     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 279
 280 private:
 281     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 282     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 283
 284     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 285 };
 286
 287 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 288 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 289 {
 290 public:
 291     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 292     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 293     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 294
 295     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 296     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 297     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 298
 299 private:
 300     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 301     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 302 };
 303
 304 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 305 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 306 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 307 {
 308 public:
 309     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 310     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 311                            m_colAttrs;
 312 };
 313
 314
 315 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 316 // data structures used for the data type registry
 317 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 318
 319 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 320 {
 321     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 322                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 323                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 324         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 325         {}
 326
 327     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 328     {
 329         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 330         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 331     }
 332
 333     wxString            m_typeName;
 334     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 335     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 336
 337     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 338 };
 339
 340
 341 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 342                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 343
 344
 345 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 346 {
 347 public:
 348   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 349     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 350
 351     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 352                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 353                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 354
 355     // find one of already registered data types
 356     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 357
 358     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 359     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 360     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 361
 362     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 363     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 364     // registered data type and set params for it
 365     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 366
 367     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 368     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 369
 370 private:
 371     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 372 };
 373
 374
 375 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 376 // conditional compilation
 377 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 378
 379 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 380 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 381 #endif
 382
 383 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 384 // globals
 385 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 386
 387 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 388 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 389     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 390     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 391 #endif
 392
 393 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 394 // constants
 395 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 396
 397 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 398 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 399
 400 // scroll line size
 401 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 402 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 403 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 404 //
 405 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 406 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 407 //       -- Robin
 408 //
 409 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 410 //       fixing anyhow
 411 //       -- Vadim
 412 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 413 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 414
 415 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 416 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 417 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 418
 419 #if 0
 420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 421 // private functions
 422 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 423
 424 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 425 {
 426     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 427 }
 428
 429 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 430 {
 431     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 432 }
 433 #endif
 434
 435 // ============================================================================
 436 // implementation
 437 // ============================================================================
 438
 439 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 440 // wxGridCellEditor
 441 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 442
 443 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 444 {
 445     m_control = NULL;
 446     m_attr = NULL;
 447 }
 448
 449 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 450 {
 451     Destroy();
 452 }
 453
 454 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 455                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 456                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 457 {
 458     if ( evtHandler )
 459         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 460 }
 461
 462 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 463                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 464 {
 465     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 466     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 467     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 468     if (gridWindow)
 469         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 470
 471     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 472     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 473     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 474
 475     // redraw the control we just painted over
 476     m_control->Refresh();
 477 }
 478
 479 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 480 {
 481     if (m_control)
 482     {
 483         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 484
 485         m_control->Destroy();
 486         m_control = NULL;
 487     }
 488 }
 489
 490 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 491 {
 492     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 493
 494     m_control->Show(show);
 495
 496     if ( show )
 497     {
 498         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 499         if ( attr )
 500         {
 501             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 502             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 503
 504             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 505             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 506
 507 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 508 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 509             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 510             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 511 #endif
 512
 513             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 514             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 515         }
 516     }
 517     else
 518     {
 519         // restore the standard colours fonts
 520         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 521         {
 522             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 523             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 524         }
 525
 526         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 527         {
 528             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 529             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 530         }
 531
 532 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 533 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 534         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 535         {
 536             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 537             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 538         }
 539 #endif
 540     }
 541 }
 542
 543 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 544 {
 545     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 546
 547     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 548 }
 549
 550 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 551 {
 552     event.Skip();
 553 }
 554
 555 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 556 {
 557     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 558     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 559
 560 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 561     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 562     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 563     alt = event.MetaDown();
 564 #endif
 565
 566     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 567     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 568     // through in that case.
 569     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 570         return false;
 571
 572     int key = 0;
 573     bool keyOk = true;
 574
 575 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 576     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 577     // editor.
 578     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 579         return false;
 580 #endif
 581 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 582     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 583     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 584     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 585     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 586     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 587     if (key <= 127)
 588     {
 589         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 590         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 591     }
 592 #else
 593     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 594     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 595 #endif
 596
 597     return keyOk;
 598 }
 599
 600 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 601 {
 602     event.Skip();
 603 }
 604
 605 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 606 {
 607 }
 608
 609 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 610
 611 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 612 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 613 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 614
 615 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 616 {
 617     m_maxChars = 0;
 618 }
 619
 620 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 621                                   wxWindowID id,
 622                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 623 {
 624     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 625                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize
 626 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 627                                , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL | wxNO_BORDER
 628 #endif
 629                               );
 630
 631     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 632     if (m_maxChars != 0)
 633     {
 634         ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 635     }
 636
 637     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 638 }
 639
 640 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 641                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 642 {
 643     // as we fill the entire client area,
 644     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 645 }
 646
 647 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 648 {
 649     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 650
 651     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 652     //
 653     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 654     //
 655 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 656     if (rect.x != 0)
 657     {
 658         rect.x += 1;
 659         rect.y += 1;
 660         rect.width -= 1;
 661         rect.height -= 1;
 662     }
 663 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 664     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 665         rect.x += 2;
 666     else
 667         rect.x += 3;
 668
 669     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 670         rect.y += 2;
 671     else
 672         rect.y += 3;
 673
 674     rect.width -= 2;
 675     rect.height -= 2;
 676 #else
 677     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 678     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 679
 680     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 681         extra_x *= 2;
 682         extra_y *= 2;
 683     #endif
 684
 685     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 686     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 687     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 688     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 689 #endif
 690
 691     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 692 }
 693
 694 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 695 {
 696     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 697
 698     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 699
 700     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 701 }
 702
 703 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 704 {
 705     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 706     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 707     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 708     Text()->SetFocus();
 709 }
 710
 711 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 712 {
 713     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 714
 715     bool changed = false;
 716     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 717     if (value != m_startValue)
 718         changed = true;
 719
 720     if (changed)
 721         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 722
 723     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 724
 725     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 726     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 727
 728     return changed;
 729 }
 730
 731 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 732 {
 733     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 734
 735     DoReset(m_startValue);
 736 }
 737
 738 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 739 {
 740     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 741     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 742 }
 743
 744 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 745 {
 746     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 747 }
 748
 749 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 750 {
 751     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 752     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 753     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 754     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 755
 756     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 757     wxChar ch;
 758     long pos;
 759
 760 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 761     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 762     if (ch <= 127)
 763         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 764 #else
 765     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 766 #endif
 767
 768     switch (ch)
 769     {
 770         case WXK_DELETE:
 771             // delete the character at the cursor
 772             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 773             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 774                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 775             break;
 776
 777         case WXK_BACK:
 778             // delete the character before the cursor
 779             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 780             if (pos > 0)
 781                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 782             break;
 783
 784         default:
 785             tc->WriteText(ch);
 786             break;
 787     }
 788 }
 789
 790 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 791                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 792 {
 793 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 794     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 795     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 796     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 797     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 798     Text()->SetValue(s);
 799     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 800 #else
 801     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 802     //
 803     event.Skip();
 804 #endif
 805 }
 806
 807 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 808 {
 809     if ( !params )
 810     {
 811         // reset to default
 812         m_maxChars = 0;
 813     }
 814     else
 815     {
 816         long tmp;
 817         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 818         {
 819             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 820         }
 821         else
 822         {
 823             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 824         }
 825     }
 826 }
 827
 828 // return the value in the text control
 829 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 830 {
 831     return Text()->GetValue();
 832 }
 833
 834 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 835 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 836 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 837
 838 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 839 {
 840     m_min = min;
 841     m_max = max;
 842 }
 843
 844 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 845                                     wxWindowID id,
 846                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 847 {
 848 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 849     if ( HasRange() )
 850     {
 851         // create a spin ctrl
 852         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 853                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 854                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 855                                    m_min, m_max);
 856
 857         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 858     }
 859     else
 860 #endif
 861     {
 862         // just a text control
 863         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 864
 865 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 866         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 867 #endif
 868     }
 869 }
 870
 871 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 872 {
 873     // first get the value
 874     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 875     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 876     {
 877         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 878     }
 879     else
 880     {
 881         m_valueOld = 0;
 882         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 883         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 884         {
 885             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 886             return;
 887         }
 888     }
 889
 890 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 891     if ( HasRange() )
 892     {
 893         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 894         Spin()->SetFocus();
 895     }
 896     else
 897 #endif
 898     {
 899         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 900     }
 901 }
 902
 903 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 904                                      wxGrid* grid)
 905 {
 906     bool changed;
 907     long value = 0;
 908     wxString text;
 909
 910 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 911     if ( HasRange() )
 912     {
 913         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 914         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 915         if (changed)
 916             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 917     }
 918     else
 919 #endif
 920     {
 921         text = Text()->GetValue();
 922         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 923     }
 924
 925     if ( changed )
 926     {
 927         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 928             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 929         else
 930             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 931     }
 932
 933     return changed;
 934 }
 935
 936 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 937 {
 938 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 939     if ( HasRange() )
 940     {
 941         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 942     }
 943     else
 944 #endif
 945     {
 946         DoReset(GetString());
 947     }
 948 }
 949
 950 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 951 {
 952     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 953     {
 954         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 955         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 956              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 957         {
 958             return true;
 959         }
 960     }
 961
 962     return false;
 963 }
 964
 965 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 966 {
 967     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 968     if ( !HasRange() )
 969     {
 970         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 971         {
 972             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 973
 974             // skip Skip() below
 975             return;
 976         }
 977     }
 978 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 979     else
 980     {
 981         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
 982         {
 983             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
 984             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
 985             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
 986             return;
 987         }
 988     }
 989 #endif
 990
 991     event.Skip();
 992 }
 993
 994 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 995 {
 996     if ( !params )
 997     {
 998         // reset to default
 999         m_min =
1000         m_max = -1;
1001     }
1002     else
1003     {
1004         long tmp;
1005         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1006         {
1007             m_min = (int)tmp;
1008
1009             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1010             {
1011                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1012
1013                 // skip the error message below
1014                 return;
1015             }
1016         }
1017
1018         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1019     }
1020 }
1021
1022 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1023 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1024 {
1025     wxString s;
1026
1027 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1028     if ( HasRange() )
1029     {
1030         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1031         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1032     }
1033     else
1034 #endif
1035     {
1036         s = Text()->GetValue();
1037     }
1038
1039     return s;
1040 }
1041
1042 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1043 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1044 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1045
1046 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1047 {
1048     m_width = width;
1049     m_precision = precision;
1050 }
1051
1052 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1053                                    wxWindowID id,
1054                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1055 {
1056     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1057
1058 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1059     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1060 #endif
1061 }
1062
1063 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1064 {
1065     // first get the value
1066     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1067     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1068     {
1069         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1070     }
1071     else
1072     {
1073         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1074         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1075         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1076         {
1077             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1078             return;
1079         }
1080     }
1081
1082     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1083 }
1084
1085 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1086                                      wxGrid* grid)
1087 {
1088     double value = 0.0;
1089     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1090
1091     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1092             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1093     {
1094         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1095             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1096         else
1097             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1098
1099         return true;
1100     }
1101
1102     return false;
1103 }
1104
1105 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1106 {
1107     DoReset(GetString());
1108 }
1109
1110 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1111 {
1112     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1113     char tmpbuf[2];
1114     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1115     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1116     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1117
1118 #if wxUSE_INTL
1119     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1120        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1121 #else
1122     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1123 #endif
1124
1125     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1126          || is_decimal_point )
1127     {
1128         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1129
1130         // skip Skip() below
1131         return;
1132     }
1133
1134     event.Skip();
1135 }
1136
1137 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1138 {
1139     if ( !params )
1140     {
1141         // reset to default
1142         m_width =
1143         m_precision = -1;
1144     }
1145     else
1146     {
1147         long tmp;
1148         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1149         {
1150             m_width = (int)tmp;
1151
1152             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1153             {
1154                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1155
1156                 // skip the error message below
1157                 return;
1158             }
1159         }
1160
1161         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1162     }
1163 }
1164
1165 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1166 {
1167     wxString fmt;
1168     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1169     {
1170         // default precision
1171         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1172     }
1173     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1174     {
1175         // default width
1176         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1177     }
1178     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1179     {
1180         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1181     }
1182     else
1183     {
1184         // default width/precision
1185         fmt = _T("%f");
1186     }
1187
1188     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1189 }
1190
1191 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1192 {
1193     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1194     {
1195         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1196         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1197         {
1198             char tmpbuf[2];
1199             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1200             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1201             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1202
1203 #if wxUSE_INTL
1204             const wxString decimalPoint =
1205                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1206 #else
1207             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1208 #endif
1209
1210             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1211             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1212                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1213                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1214                             keycode == '+' ||
1215                                 keycode == '-' )
1216             {
1217                 return true;
1218             }
1219         }
1220     }
1221
1222     return false;
1223 }
1224
1225 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1226
1227 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1228
1229 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1230 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1231 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1232
1233 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1234                                   wxWindowID id,
1235                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1236 {
1237     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1238                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1239                                wxNO_BORDER);
1240
1241     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1242 }
1243
1244 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1245 {
1246     bool resize = false;
1247     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1248     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1249
1250     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1251     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1252     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1253     {
1254         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1255         size = sizeBest;
1256
1257         resize = true;
1258     }
1259
1260     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1261     {
1262         // leave 1 pixel margin
1263         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1264
1265         resize = true;
1266     }
1267
1268     if ( resize )
1269     {
1270         m_control->SetSize(size);
1271     }
1272
1273     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1274
1275 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1276     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1277     // so shift it to the right
1278     size.x -= 8;
1279 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1280     // here too, but in other way
1281     size.x += 1;
1282     size.y -= 2;
1283 #endif
1284
1285     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1286     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1287     if (GetCellAttr())
1288         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1289
1290     int x = 0, y = 0;
1291     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1292     {
1293         x = r.x + 2;
1294
1295 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1296         x += 2;
1297 #endif
1298
1299         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1300     }
1301     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1302     {
1303         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1304         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1305     }
1306     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1307     {
1308         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1309         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1310     }
1311
1312     m_control->Move(x, y);
1313 }
1314
1315 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1316 {
1317     m_control->Show(show);
1318
1319     if ( show )
1320     {
1321         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1322         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1323     }
1324 }
1325
1326 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1327 {
1328     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1329                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1330
1331     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1332     {
1333         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1334     }
1335     else
1336     {
1337         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1338         m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
1339     }
1340
1341     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1342     CBox()->SetFocus();
1343 }
1344
1345 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1346                                    wxGrid* grid)
1347 {
1348     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1349                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1350
1351     bool changed = false;
1352     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1353     if ( value != m_startValue )
1354         changed = true;
1355
1356     if ( changed )
1357     {
1358         if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1359             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1360         else
1361             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString);
1362     }
1363
1364     return changed;
1365 }
1366
1367 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1368 {
1369     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1370                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1371
1372     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1373 }
1374
1375 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1376 {
1377     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1378 }
1379
1380 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1381 {
1382     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1383     {
1384         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1385         switch ( keycode )
1386         {
1387             case WXK_SPACE:
1388             case '+':
1389             case '-':
1390                 return true;
1391         }
1392     }
1393
1394     return false;
1395 }
1396
1397 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1398 {
1399     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1400     switch ( keycode )
1401     {
1402         case WXK_SPACE:
1403             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1404             break;
1405
1406         case '+':
1407             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1408             break;
1409
1410         case '-':
1411             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1412             break;
1413     }
1414 }
1415
1416
1417 // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false
1418 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1419 {
1420   bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue();
1421   return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString;
1422 }
1423
1424 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1425
1426 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1427
1428 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1429 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1430 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1431
1432 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1433                                                bool allowOthers)
1434     : m_choices(choices),
1435       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1436
1437 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1438                                                const wxString choices[],
1439                                                bool allowOthers)
1440                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1441 {
1442     if ( count )
1443     {
1444         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1445         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1446         {
1447             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1448         }
1449     }
1450 }
1451
1452 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1453 {
1454     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1455     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1456     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1457
1458     return editor;
1459 }
1460
1461 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1462                                     wxWindowID id,
1463                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1464 {
1465     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1466                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1467                                m_choices,
1468                                m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY);
1469
1470     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1471 }
1472
1473 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1474                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1475 {
1476     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1477     // flicker
1478
1479     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1480     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1481     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1482     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1483 }
1484
1485 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1486 {
1487     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1488                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1489
1490     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1491     if (m_control)
1492         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1493
1494     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1495     if (evtHandler)
1496         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1497
1498     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1499
1500     if (m_allowOthers)
1501     {
1502         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1503     }
1504     else
1505     {
1506         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1507         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1508         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1509             pos = 0;
1510         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1511     }
1512
1513     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1514     Combo()->SetFocus();
1515
1516     if (evtHandler)
1517     {
1518         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1519         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1520 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1521         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1522 #endif
1523     }
1524 }
1525
1526 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1527                                      wxGrid* grid)
1528 {
1529     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1530     if ( value == m_startValue )
1531         return false;
1532
1533     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1534
1535     return true;
1536 }
1537
1538 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1539 {
1540     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1541     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1542 }
1543
1544 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1545 {
1546     if ( !params )
1547     {
1548         // what can we do?
1549         return;
1550     }
1551
1552     m_choices.Empty();
1553
1554     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1555     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1556     {
1557         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1558     }
1559 }
1560
1561 // return the value in the text control
1562 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1563 {
1564   return Combo()->GetValue();
1565 }
1566
1567 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1568
1569 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1570 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1571 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1572
1573 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1574 {
1575     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1576     if (m_inSetFocus)
1577         return;
1578
1579     // accept changes
1580     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1581
1582     event.Skip();
1583 }
1584
1585 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1586 {
1587     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1588     {
1589         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1590             m_editor->Reset();
1591             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1592             break;
1593
1594         case WXK_TAB:
1595             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1596             break;
1597
1598         case WXK_RETURN:
1599         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1600             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1601                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1602             break;
1603
1604         default:
1605             event.Skip();
1606             break;
1607     }
1608 }
1609
1610 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1611 {
1612     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1613     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1614     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1615     int cw, ch;
1616     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1617
1618     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1619     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1620
1621     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1622     {
1623         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1624         case WXK_TAB:
1625         case WXK_RETURN:
1626         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1627             break;
1628
1629         case WXK_HOME:
1630         {
1631             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1632             {
1633                 // no special processing needed...
1634                 event.Skip();
1635                 break;
1636             }
1637
1638             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1639
1640             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1641             int colXPos = 0;
1642             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1643             {
1644                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1645             }
1646
1647             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1648             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1649             if (col != 0)
1650             {
1651                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1652             }
1653             else
1654             {
1655                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1656             }
1657             event.Skip();
1658             break;
1659         }
1660
1661         case WXK_END:
1662         {
1663             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1664             {
1665                 // no special processing needed...
1666                 event.Skip();
1667                 break;
1668             }
1669
1670             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1671
1672             int textWidth = 0;
1673             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1674             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1675             {
1676                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1677                 int y;
1678                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1679                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1680
1681                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1682                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1683
1684                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1685                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1686                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1687                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1688                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1689                 {
1690                     textWidth = 0;
1691                 }
1692             }
1693
1694             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1695             int colXPos = 0;
1696             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1697             {
1698                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1699             }
1700
1701             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1702             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1703             colXPos += textWidth;
1704
1705             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1706             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1707             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1708             event.Skip();
1709             break;
1710         }
1711
1712         default:
1713             event.Skip();
1714             break;
1715     }
1716 }
1717
1718 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1719 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1720 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1721 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1722
1723 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1724 {
1725     // nothing to do
1726 }
1727
1728 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1729 {
1730 }
1731
1732 // ============================================================================
1733 // renderer classes
1734 // ============================================================================
1735
1736 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1737 // wxGridCellRenderer
1738 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1739
1740 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1741                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1742                               wxDC& dc,
1743                               const wxRect& rect,
1744                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1745                               bool isSelected)
1746 {
1747     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1748
1749     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1750     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1751     {
1752         if ( isSelected )
1753         {
1754             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1755         }
1756         else
1757         {
1758             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1759         }
1760     }
1761     else
1762     {
1763         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1764     }
1765
1766     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1767     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1768 }
1769
1770 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1771 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1772 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1773
1774 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1775                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1776                                                      wxDC& dc,
1777                                                      bool isSelected)
1778 {
1779     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1780
1781     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1782
1783     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1784     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1785     {
1786         if ( isSelected )
1787         {
1788             dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1789             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1790         }
1791         else
1792         {
1793             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1794             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1795         }
1796     }
1797     else
1798     {
1799         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1800         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1801     }
1802
1803     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1804 }
1805
1806 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1807                                                wxDC& dc,
1808                                                const wxString& text)
1809 {
1810     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1811     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1812     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1813     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1814     {
1815         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1816         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1817     }
1818
1819     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1820
1821     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1822 }
1823
1824 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1825                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1826                                              wxDC& dc,
1827                                              int row, int col)
1828 {
1829     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1830 }
1831
1832 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1833                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1834                                     wxDC& dc,
1835                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1836                                     int row, int col,
1837                                     bool isSelected)
1838 {
1839     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1840     rect.Inflate(-1);
1841
1842     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1843     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1844
1845     int hAlign, vAlign;
1846     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1847
1848     int overflowCols = 0;
1849
1850     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1851     {
1852         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1853         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1854         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1855         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1856         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1857         {
1858             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1859             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1860             {
1861                 bool is_empty = true;
1862                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1863                 {
1864                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1865                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1866                     if (c_rows > 0)
1867                         c_rows = 0;
1868                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1869                     {
1870                         is_empty = false;
1871                         break;
1872                     }
1873                 }
1874
1875                 if (is_empty)
1876                 {
1877                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1878                 }
1879                 else
1880                 {
1881                     i--;
1882                     break;
1883                 }
1884
1885                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1886                     break;
1887             }
1888
1889             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1890             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1891                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1892         }
1893
1894         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1895         {
1896             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1897             wxRect clip = rect;
1898             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1899             // draw each overflow cell individually
1900             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
1901             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1902                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1903             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1904             {
1905                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1906                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1907                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1908
1909                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1910                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1911
1912                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1913                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1914                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1915             }
1916
1917             rect = rectCell;
1918             rect.Inflate(-1);
1919             rect.width++;
1920             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1921         }
1922     }
1923
1924     // now we only have to draw the text
1925     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1926
1927     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1928                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1929 }
1930
1931 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1932 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1933 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1934
1935 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1936 {
1937     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1938     wxString text;
1939     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1940     {
1941         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
1942     }
1943     else
1944     {
1945         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1946     }
1947
1948     return text;
1949 }
1950
1951 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1952                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1953                                     wxDC& dc,
1954                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1955                                     int row, int col,
1956                                     bool isSelected)
1957 {
1958     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1959
1960     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1961
1962     // draw the text right aligned by default
1963     int hAlign, vAlign;
1964     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1965     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1966
1967     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1968     rect.Inflate(-1);
1969
1970     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1971 }
1972
1973 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1974                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1975                                              wxDC& dc,
1976                                              int row, int col)
1977 {
1978     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1979 }
1980
1981 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1982 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
1983 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1984
1985 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
1986 {
1987     SetWidth(width);
1988     SetPrecision(precision);
1989 }
1990
1991 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
1992 {
1993     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
1994     renderer->m_width = m_width;
1995     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
1996     renderer->m_format = m_format;
1997
1998     return renderer;
1999 }
2000
2001 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2002 {
2003     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2004
2005     bool hasDouble;
2006     double val;
2007     wxString text;
2008     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2009     {
2010         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2011         hasDouble = true;
2012     }
2013     else
2014     {
2015         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2016         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2017     }
2018
2019     if ( hasDouble )
2020     {
2021         if ( !m_format )
2022         {
2023             if ( m_width == -1 )
2024             {
2025                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2026                 {
2027                     // default width/precision
2028                     m_format = _T("%f");
2029                 }
2030                 else
2031                 {
2032                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2033                 }
2034             }
2035             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2036             {
2037                 // default precision
2038                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2039             }
2040             else
2041             {
2042                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2043             }
2044         }
2045
2046         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2047
2048     }
2049     //else: text already contains the string
2050
2051     return text;
2052 }
2053
2054 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2055                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2056                                    wxDC& dc,
2057                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2058                                    int row, int col,
2059                                    bool isSelected)
2060 {
2061     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2062
2063     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2064
2065     // draw the text right aligned by default
2066     int hAlign, vAlign;
2067     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2068     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2069
2070     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2071     rect.Inflate(-1);
2072
2073     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2074 }
2075
2076 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2077                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2078                                             wxDC& dc,
2079                                             int row, int col)
2080 {
2081     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2082 }
2083
2084 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2085 {
2086     if ( !params )
2087     {
2088         // reset to defaults
2089         SetWidth(-1);
2090         SetPrecision(-1);
2091     }
2092     else
2093     {
2094         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2095         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2096         {
2097             long width;
2098             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2099             {
2100                 SetWidth((int)width);
2101             }
2102             else
2103             {
2104                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2105             }
2106         }
2107
2108         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2109         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2110         {
2111             long precision;
2112             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2113             {
2114                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2115             }
2116             else
2117             {
2118                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2119             }
2120         }
2121     }
2122 }
2123
2124 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2125 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2126 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2127
2128 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2129
2130 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2131
2132 // between checkmark and box
2133 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2134
2135 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2136                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2137                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2138                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2139                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2140 {
2141     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2142     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2143     {
2144         // get checkbox size
2145         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2146         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2147         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2148
2149         // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result
2150 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2151         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2152 #endif
2153
2154         delete checkbox;
2155
2156         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2157     }
2158
2159     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2160 }
2161
2162 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2163                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2164                                   wxDC& dc,
2165                                   const wxRect& rect,
2166                                   int row, int col,
2167                                   bool isSelected)
2168 {
2169     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2170
2171     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2172     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2173
2174     // don't draw outside the cell
2175     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2176     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2177     {
2178         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2179         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
2180     }
2181
2182     // draw a border around checkmark
2183     int vAlign, hAlign;
2184     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2185
2186     wxRect rectBorder;
2187     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2188     {
2189         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2190         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2191         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2192         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2193     }
2194     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2195     {
2196         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2197         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2198         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2199         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2200     }
2201     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2202     {
2203         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2204         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2205         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2206         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2207     }
2208
2209     bool value;
2210     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2211     {
2212         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2213     }
2214     else
2215     {
2216         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2217         value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
2218     }
2219
2220     if ( value )
2221     {
2222         wxRect rectMark = rectBorder;
2223
2224 #ifdef __WXMSW__
2225         // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...)
2226         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN / 2);
2227         rectMark.x++;
2228         rectMark.y++;
2229 #else
2230         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN);
2231 #endif
2232
2233         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
2234         dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark);
2235     }
2236
2237     dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
2238     dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID));
2239     dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder);
2240 }
2241
2242 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2243 // wxGridCellAttr
2244 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2245
2246 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2247 {
2248     m_nRef = 1;
2249
2250     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2251
2252     m_renderer = NULL;
2253     m_editor = NULL;
2254
2255     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2256
2257     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2258     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2259
2260     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2261 }
2262
2263 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2264 {
2265     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2266
2267     if ( HasTextColour() )
2268         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2269     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2270         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2271     if ( HasFont() )
2272         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2273     if ( HasAlignment() )
2274         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2275
2276     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2277
2278     if ( m_renderer )
2279     {
2280         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2281         m_renderer->IncRef();
2282     }
2283     if ( m_editor )
2284     {
2285         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2286         m_editor->IncRef();
2287     }
2288
2289     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2290         attr->SetReadOnly();
2291
2292     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2293
2294     return attr;
2295 }
2296
2297 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2298 {
2299     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2300         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2301     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2302         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2303     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2304         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2305     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2306     {
2307         int hAlign, vAlign;
2308         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2309         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2310     }
2311     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2312         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2313
2314     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2315     // m_renderer/m_editor
2316     //
2317     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2318     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2319     {
2320         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2321         m_renderer->IncRef();
2322     }
2323     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2324     {
2325         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2326         m_editor->IncRef();
2327     }
2328     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2329         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2330
2331     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2332         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2333
2334     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2335 }
2336
2337 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2338 {
2339     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2340
2341     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2342     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2343     // set to negative or zero values such that
2344     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2345     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2346
2347     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2348
2349     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2350                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2351                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2352                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2353
2354     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2355     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2356 }
2357
2358 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2359 {
2360     if (HasTextColour())
2361     {
2362         return m_colText;
2363     }
2364     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2365     {
2366         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2367     }
2368     else
2369     {
2370         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2371         return wxNullColour;
2372     }
2373 }
2374
2375 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2376 {
2377     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2378     {
2379         return m_colBack;
2380     }
2381     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2382     {
2383         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2384     }
2385     else
2386     {
2387         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2388         return wxNullColour;
2389     }
2390 }
2391
2392 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2393 {
2394     if (HasFont())
2395     {
2396         return m_font;
2397     }
2398     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2399     {
2400         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2401     }
2402     else
2403     {
2404         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2405         return wxNullFont;
2406     }
2407 }
2408
2409 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2410 {
2411     if (HasAlignment())
2412     {
2413         if ( hAlign )
2414             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2415         if ( vAlign )
2416             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2417     }
2418     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2419     {
2420         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2421     }
2422     else
2423     {
2424         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2425     }
2426 }
2427
2428 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2429 {
2430     if ( num_rows )
2431         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2432     if ( num_cols )
2433         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2434 }
2435
2436 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2437 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2438 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2439 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2440 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2441 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2442
2443 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2444 {
2445     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2446
2447     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2448     {
2449         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2450         renderer = m_renderer;
2451         renderer->IncRef();
2452     }
2453     else // no non-default cell renderer
2454     {
2455         // get default renderer for the data type
2456         if ( grid )
2457         {
2458             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2459             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2460         }
2461
2462         if ( renderer == NULL )
2463         {
2464             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2465             {
2466                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2467                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2468                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2469             }
2470             else // default grid attr
2471             {
2472                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2473                 renderer = m_renderer;
2474                 if ( renderer )
2475                     renderer->IncRef();
2476             }
2477         }
2478     }
2479
2480     // we're supposed to always find something
2481     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2482
2483     return renderer;
2484 }
2485
2486 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2487 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2488 {
2489     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2490
2491     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2492     {
2493         // use the cells editor if it has one
2494         editor = m_editor;
2495         editor->IncRef();
2496     }
2497     else // no non default cell editor
2498     {
2499         // get default editor for the data type
2500         if ( grid )
2501         {
2502             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2503             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2504         }
2505
2506         if ( editor == NULL )
2507         {
2508             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2509             {
2510                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2511                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2512                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2513             }
2514             else // default grid attr
2515             {
2516                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2517                 editor = m_editor;
2518                 if ( editor )
2519                     editor->IncRef();
2520             }
2521         }
2522     }
2523
2524     // we're supposed to always find something
2525     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2526
2527     return editor;
2528 }
2529
2530 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2531 // wxGridCellAttrData
2532 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2533
2534 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2535 {
2536     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2537     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2538     {
2539         // add the attribute
2540         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2541     }
2542     else
2543     {
2544         // free the old attribute
2545         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2546
2547         if ( attr )
2548         {
2549             // change the attribute
2550             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2551         }
2552         else
2553         {
2554             // remove this attribute
2555             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2556         }
2557     }
2558 }
2559
2560 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2561 {
2562     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2563
2564     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2565     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2566     {
2567         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2568         attr->IncRef();
2569     }
2570
2571     return attr;
2572 }
2573
2574 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2575 {
2576     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2577     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2578     {
2579         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2580         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2581         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2582         {
2583             if (numRows > 0)
2584             {
2585                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2586                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2587             }
2588             else if (numRows < 0)
2589             {
2590                 // If rows deleted ...
2591                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2592                 {
2593                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2594                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2595                 }
2596                 else
2597                 {
2598                     // ...or remove the attribute
2599                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2600                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2601                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2602                     n--;
2603                     count--;
2604                 }
2605             }
2606         }
2607     }
2608 }
2609
2610 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2611 {
2612     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2613     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2614     {
2615         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2616         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2617         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2618         {
2619             if ( numCols > 0 )
2620             {
2621                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2622                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2623             }
2624             else if (numCols < 0)
2625             {
2626                 // If rows deleted ...
2627                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2628                 {
2629                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2630                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2631                 }
2632                 else
2633                 {
2634                     // ...or remove the attribute
2635                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2636                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2637                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2638                     n--;
2639                     count--;
2640                 }
2641             }
2642         }
2643     }
2644 }
2645
2646 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2647 {
2648     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2649     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2650     {
2651         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2652         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2653         {
2654             return n;
2655         }
2656     }
2657
2658     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2659 }
2660
2661 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2662 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2663 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2664
2665 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2666 {
2667     size_t count = m_attrs.Count();
2668     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2669     {
2670         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2671     }
2672 }
2673
2674 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2675 {
2676     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2677
2678     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2679     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2680     {
2681         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2682         attr->IncRef();
2683     }
2684
2685     return attr;
2686 }
2687
2688 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2689 {
2690     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2691     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2692     {
2693         // add the attribute
2694         m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2695         m_attrs.Add(attr);
2696     }
2697     else
2698     {
2699         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2700         if ( attr )
2701         {
2702             // change the attribute
2703             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2704             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2705         }
2706         else
2707         {
2708             // remove this attribute
2709             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2710             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2711             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2712         }
2713     }
2714 }
2715
2716 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2717 {
2718     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2719     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2720     {
2721         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2722         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2723         {
2724             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2725             {
2726                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2727                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2728             }
2729             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2730             {
2731                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2732                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2733                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2734                 else
2735                 {
2736                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2737                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2738                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2739                     n--;
2740                     count--;
2741                 }
2742             }
2743         }
2744     }
2745 }
2746
2747 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2748 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2749 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2750
2751 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2752 {
2753     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2754 }
2755
2756 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2757 {
2758     delete m_data;
2759 }
2760
2761 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2762 {
2763     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2764 }
2765
2766 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2767                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2768 {
2769     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2770     if ( m_data )
2771     {
2772         switch (kind)
2773         {
2774             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2775                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2776                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2777                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2778                 if (!attr)
2779                 {
2780                     // Basically implement old version.
2781                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2782                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2783                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2784                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2785
2786                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2787                     {
2788                         // Two or more are non NULL
2789                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2790                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2791
2792                         // Order is important..
2793                         if (attrcell)
2794                         {
2795                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2796                             attrcell->DecRef();
2797                         }
2798                         if (attrcol)
2799                         {
2800                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2801                             attrcol->DecRef();
2802                         }
2803                         if (attrrow)
2804                         {
2805                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2806                             attrrow->DecRef();
2807                         }
2808
2809                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2810                         //attr->IncRef();
2811                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2812                     }
2813                     else
2814                     {
2815                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2816                         if (attrrow)
2817                             attr = attrrow;
2818                         if (attrcol)
2819                         {
2820                             if (attr)
2821                                 attr->DecRef();
2822                             attr = attrcol;
2823                         }
2824                         if (attrcell)
2825                         {
2826                             if (attr)
2827                                 attr->DecRef();
2828                             attr = attrcell;
2829                         }
2830                     }
2831                 }
2832                 break;
2833
2834             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2835                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2836                 break;
2837
2838             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2839                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2840                 break;
2841
2842             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2843                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2844                 break;
2845
2846             default:
2847                 // unused as yet...
2848                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2849                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2850                 break;
2851         }
2852     }
2853
2854     return attr;
2855 }
2856
2857 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2858                                      int row, int col)
2859 {
2860     if ( !m_data )
2861         InitData();
2862
2863     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2864 }
2865
2866 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2867 {
2868     if ( !m_data )
2869         InitData();
2870
2871     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2872 }
2873
2874 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2875 {
2876     if ( !m_data )
2877         InitData();
2878
2879     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2880 }
2881
2882 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2883 {
2884     if ( m_data )
2885     {
2886         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2887
2888         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2889     }
2890 }
2891
2892 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2893 {
2894     if ( m_data )
2895     {
2896         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2897
2898         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2899     }
2900 }
2901
2902 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2903 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2904 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2905
2906 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2907 {
2908     size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count();
2909     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2910         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2911 }
2912
2913 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2914                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2915                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2916 {
2917     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2918
2919     // is it already registered?
2920     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2921     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2922     {
2923         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2924         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2925     }
2926     else
2927     {
2928         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2929     }
2930 }
2931
2932 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2933 {
2934     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2935     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2936     {
2937         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2938         {
2939             return i;
2940         }
2941     }
2942
2943     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2944 }
2945
2946 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2947 {
2948     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2949     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2950     {
2951         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
2952         // register it "on the fly"
2953 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2954         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
2955         {
2956             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
2957                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2958                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2959         }
2960         else
2961 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2962 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2963         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
2964         {
2965             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
2966                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
2967                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
2968         }
2969         else
2970 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2971 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2972         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
2973         {
2974             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
2975                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
2976                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
2977         }
2978         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
2979         {
2980             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
2981                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
2982                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
2983         }
2984         else
2985 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2986 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2987         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
2988         {
2989             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
2990                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2991                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
2992         }
2993         else
2994 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2995         {
2996             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2997         }
2998
2999         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3000         // the last index
3001         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3002     }
3003
3004     return index;
3005 }
3006
3007 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3008 {
3009     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3010     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3011     {
3012         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3013         // are the parameters for the renderer
3014         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3015         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3016         {
3017             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3018         }
3019
3020         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3021         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3022         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3023         rendererOld->DecRef();
3024
3025         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3026         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3027         editor = editor->Clone();
3028         editorOld->DecRef();
3029
3030         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3031         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3032         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3033         editor->SetParameters(params);
3034
3035         // register the new typename
3036         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3037
3038         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3039         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3040     }
3041
3042     return index;
3043 }
3044
3045 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3046 {
3047     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3048     if (renderer)
3049         renderer->IncRef();
3050
3051     return renderer;
3052 }
3053
3054 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3055 {
3056     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3057     if (editor)
3058         editor->IncRef();
3059
3060     return editor;
3061 }
3062
3063 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3064 // wxGridTableBase
3065 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3066
3067 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3068
3069 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3070 {
3071     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3072     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3073 }
3074
3075 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3076 {
3077     delete m_attrProvider;
3078 }
3079
3080 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3081 {
3082     delete m_attrProvider;
3083     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3084 }
3085
3086 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3087 {
3088     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3089     {
3090         // use the default attr provider by default
3091         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3092     }
3093
3094     return true;
3095 }
3096
3097 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3098 {
3099     if ( m_attrProvider )
3100         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3101     else
3102         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3103 }
3104
3105 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3106 {
3107     if ( m_attrProvider )
3108     {
3109         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3110         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3111     }
3112     else
3113     {
3114         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3115         // free it now
3116         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3117     }
3118 }
3119
3120 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3121 {
3122     if ( m_attrProvider )
3123     {
3124         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3125         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3126     }
3127     else
3128     {
3129         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3130         // free it now
3131         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3132     }
3133 }
3134
3135 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3136 {
3137     if ( m_attrProvider )
3138     {
3139         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3140         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3141     }
3142     else
3143     {
3144         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3145         // free it now
3146         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3147     }
3148 }
3149
3150 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3151                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3152 {
3153     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3154
3155     return false;
3156 }
3157
3158 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3159 {
3160     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3161
3162     return false;
3163 }
3164
3165 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3166                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3167 {
3168     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3169
3170     return false;
3171 }
3172
3173 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3174                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3175 {
3176     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3177
3178     return false;
3179 }
3180
3181 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3182 {
3183     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3184
3185     return false;
3186 }
3187
3188 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3189                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3190 {
3191     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3192
3193     return false;
3194 }
3195
3196 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3197 {
3198     wxString s;
3199
3200     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3201     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3202     s << row + 1;
3203
3204     return s;
3205 }
3206
3207 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3208 {
3209     // default col labels are:
3210     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3211     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3212     //   etc.
3213
3214     wxString s;
3215     unsigned int i, n;
3216     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3217     {
3218         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3219         col = col / 26 - 1;
3220         if ( col < 0 )
3221             break;
3222     }
3223
3224     // reverse the string...
3225     wxString s2;
3226     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3227     {
3228         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3229     }
3230
3231     return s2;
3232 }
3233
3234 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3235 {
3236     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3237 }
3238
3239 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3240                                      const wxString& typeName )
3241 {
3242     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3243 }
3244
3245 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3246 {
3247     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3248 }
3249
3250 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3251 {
3252     return 0;
3253 }
3254
3255 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3256 {
3257     return 0.0;
3258 }
3259
3260 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3261 {
3262     return false;
3263 }
3264
3265 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3266                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3267 {
3268 }
3269
3270 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3271                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3272 {
3273 }
3274
3275 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3276                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3277 {
3278 }
3279
3280 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3281                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3282 {
3283     return NULL;
3284 }
3285
3286 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3287                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3288                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3289 {
3290 }
3291
3292 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3293 //
3294 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3295 // to the grid view
3296 //
3297
3298 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3299 {
3300     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3301     m_id = -1;
3302     m_comInt1 = -1;
3303     m_comInt2 = -1;
3304 }
3305
3306 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3307                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3308 {
3309     m_table = table;
3310     m_id = id;
3311     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3312     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3313 }
3314
3315 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3316 //
3317 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3318 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3319 //
3320
3321 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3322
3323 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3324
3325 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3326         : wxGridTableBase()
3327 {
3328 }
3329
3330 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3331         : wxGridTableBase()
3332 {
3333     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3334
3335     wxArrayString sa;
3336     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3337     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3338
3339     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3340 }
3341
3342 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3343 {
3344 }
3345
3346 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3347 {
3348     return m_data.GetCount();
3349 }
3350
3351 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3352 {
3353     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3354         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3355     else
3356         return 0;
3357 }
3358
3359 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3360 {
3361     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3362                  wxEmptyString,
3363                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3364
3365     return m_data[row][col];
3366 }
3367
3368 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3369 {
3370     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3371                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3372
3373     m_data[row][col] = value;
3374 }
3375
3376 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3377 {
3378     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3379                  true,
3380                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3381
3382     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3383 }
3384
3385 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3386 {
3387     int row, col;
3388     int numRows, numCols;
3389
3390     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3391     if ( numRows > 0 )
3392     {
3393         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3394
3395         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3396         {
3397             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3398             {
3399                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3400             }
3401         }
3402     }
3403 }
3404
3405 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3406 {
3407     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3408     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3409                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3410
3411     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3412     {
3413         return AppendRows( numRows );
3414     }
3415
3416     wxArrayString sa;
3417     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3418     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3419     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3420
3421     if ( GetView() )
3422     {
3423         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3424                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3425                                 pos,
3426                                 numRows );
3427
3428         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3429     }
3430
3431     return true;
3432 }
3433
3434 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3435 {
3436     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3437     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3438                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3439                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3440
3441     wxArrayString sa;
3442     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3443     {
3444         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3445         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3446     }
3447
3448     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3449
3450     if ( GetView() )
3451     {
3452         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3453                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3454                                 numRows );
3455
3456         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3457     }
3458
3459     return true;
3460 }
3461
3462 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3463 {
3464     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3465
3466     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3467     {
3468         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3469                     (
3470                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3471                         (unsigned long)pos,
3472                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3473                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3474                     ) );
3475
3476         return false;
3477     }
3478
3479     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3480     {
3481         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3482     }
3483
3484     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3485     {
3486         m_data.Clear();
3487     }
3488     else
3489     {
3490         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3491     }
3492
3493     if ( GetView() )
3494     {
3495         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3496                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3497                                 pos,
3498                                 numRows );
3499
3500         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3501     }
3502
3503     return true;
3504 }
3505
3506 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3507 {
3508     size_t row, col;
3509
3510     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3511     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3512                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3513                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3514
3515     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3516     {
3517         return AppendCols( numCols );
3518     }
3519
3520     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3521     {
3522         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3523
3524         size_t i;
3525         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3526             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3527     }
3528
3529     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3530     {
3531         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3532         {
3533             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3534         }
3535     }
3536
3537     if ( GetView() )
3538     {
3539         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3540                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3541                                 pos,
3542                                 numCols );
3543
3544         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3545     }
3546
3547     return true;
3548 }
3549
3550 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3551 {
3552     size_t row;
3553
3554     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3555
3556 #if 0
3557     if ( !curNumRows )
3558     {
3559         // TODO: something better than this ?
3560         //
3561         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3562         return false;
3563     }
3564 #endif
3565
3566     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3567     {
3568         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3569     }
3570
3571     if ( GetView() )
3572     {
3573         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3574                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3575                                 numCols );
3576
3577         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3578     }
3579
3580     return true;
3581 }
3582
3583 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3584 {
3585     size_t row;
3586
3587     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3588     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3589                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3590
3591     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3592     {
3593         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3594                     (
3595                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3596                         (unsigned long)pos,
3597                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3598                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3599                     ) );
3600         return false;
3601     }
3602
3603     int colID;
3604     if ( GetView() )
3605         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3606     else
3607         colID = pos;
3608
3609     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3610     {
3611         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3612     }
3613
3614     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3615     {
3616         m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3617     }
3618
3619     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3620     {
3621         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3622         {
3623             m_data[row].Clear();
3624         }
3625         else
3626         {
3627             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3628         }
3629     }
3630
3631     if ( GetView() )
3632     {
3633         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3634                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3635                                 pos,
3636                                 numCols );
3637
3638         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3639     }
3640
3641     return true;
3642 }
3643
3644 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3645 {
3646     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3647     {
3648         // using default label
3649         //
3650         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3651     }
3652     else
3653     {
3654         return m_rowLabels[row];
3655     }
3656 }
3657
3658 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3659 {
3660     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3661     {
3662         // using default label
3663         //
3664         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3665     }
3666     else
3667     {
3668         return m_colLabels[col];
3669     }
3670 }
3671
3672 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3673 {
3674     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3675     {
3676         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3677         int i;
3678
3679         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3680         {
3681             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3682         }
3683     }
3684
3685     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3686 }
3687
3688 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3689 {
3690     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3691     {
3692         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3693         int i;
3694
3695         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3696         {
3697             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3698         }
3699     }
3700
3701     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3702 }
3703
3704
3705 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3706 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3707
3708 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3709
3710 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3711     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3712     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3713     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3714     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3715     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3716     EVT_CHAR( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar )
3717 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3718
3719 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3720                                             wxWindowID id,
3721                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3722   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3723 {
3724     m_owner = parent;
3725 }
3726
3727 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3728 {
3729     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3730
3731     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3732     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3733     // set the y coord  - MB
3734     //
3735     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3736
3737     int x, y;
3738     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3739     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y );
3740
3741     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3742     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3743 }
3744
3745 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3746 {
3747     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3748 }
3749
3750 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3751 {
3752     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3753 }
3754
3755 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3756 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3757 //
3758 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3759 {
3760     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3761         event.Skip();
3762 }
3763
3764 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3765 {
3766     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3767         event.Skip();
3768 }
3769
3770 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3771 {
3772     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3773         event.Skip();
3774 }
3775
3776 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3777
3778 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3779
3780 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3781     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3782     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3783     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3784     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3785     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3786     EVT_CHAR( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar )
3787 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3788
3789 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3790                                             wxWindowID id,
3791                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3792   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3793 {
3794     m_owner = parent;
3795 }
3796
3797 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3798 {
3799     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3800
3801     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3802     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3803     // set the x coord  - MB
3804     //
3805     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3806
3807     int x, y;
3808     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3809     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 );
3810
3811     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3812     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3813 }
3814
3815 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3816 {
3817     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3818 }
3819
3820 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3821 {
3822     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3823 }
3824
3825 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3826 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3827 //
3828 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3829 {
3830     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3831         event.Skip();
3832 }
3833
3834 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3835 {
3836     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3837         event.Skip();
3838 }
3839
3840 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3841 {
3842     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3843         event.Skip();
3844 }
3845
3846 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3847
3848 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3849
3850 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3851     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3852     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3853     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3854     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3855     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3856     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar )
3857 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3858
3859 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3860                                                   wxWindowID id,
3861                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3862   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3863 {
3864     m_owner = parent;
3865 }
3866
3867 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3868 {
3869     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3870
3871     int client_height = 0;
3872     int client_width = 0;
3873     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3874
3875     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3876 #ifdef __WXGTK__
3877     wxRect rect;
3878     rect.SetX( 1 );
3879     rect.SetY( 1 );
3880     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3881     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3882
3883     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3884 #else // !__WXGTK__
3885     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
3886     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3887     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3888     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3889     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3890
3891     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3892     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3893     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3894 #endif
3895 }
3896
3897 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3898 {
3899     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3900 }
3901
3902 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3903 {
3904     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3905 }
3906
3907 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3908 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3909 //
3910 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3911 {
3912     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3913         event.Skip();
3914 }
3915
3916 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3917 {
3918     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3919         event.Skip();
3920 }
3921
3922 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3923 {
3924     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3925         event.Skip();
3926 }
3927
3928 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3929
3930 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3931
3932 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3933     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3934     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3935     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3936     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3937     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3938     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3939     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3940     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3941     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3942 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3943
3944 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3945                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3946                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3947                             wxWindowID id,
3948                             const wxPoint &pos,
3949                             const wxSize &size )
3950             : wxWindow(
3951                 parent, id, pos, size,
3952                 wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE,
3953                 wxT("grid window") )
3954 {
3955     m_owner = parent;
3956     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3957     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3958 }
3959
3960 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3961 {
3962     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3963     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3964     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3965     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3966     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
3967
3968 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3969     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3970 #endif
3971
3972     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3973     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
3974 }
3975
3976 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3977 {
3978     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3979     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3980     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3981 }
3982
3983 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3984 {
3985     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3986         SetFocus();
3987
3988     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3989 }
3990
3991 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3992 {
3993     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3994 }
3995
3996 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3997 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3998 //
3999 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4000 {
4001     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4002         event.Skip();
4003 }
4004
4005 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4006 {
4007     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4008         event.Skip();
4009 }
4010
4011 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4012 {
4013     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4014         event.Skip();
4015 }
4016
4017 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4018 {
4019 }
4020
4021 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4022 {
4023     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4024         event.Skip();
4025 }
4026
4027 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4028
4029 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4030 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4031 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4032 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4033
4034 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4035
4036 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4037                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4038                            bool clipToMinMax);
4039
4040 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4041 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4042                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4043                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4044
4045 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4046
4047 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4048 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4049
4050 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4051     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4052     // use them for streaming out
4053     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4054     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4055     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4056     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4057     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4058     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4059
4060     // old style border flags
4061     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4062     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4063     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4064     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4065     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4066     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4067
4068     // standard window styles
4069     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4070     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4071     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4072     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4073     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4074     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4075     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4076     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4077
4078 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4079
4080 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4081
4082 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4083     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4084     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4085 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4086
4087 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4088 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4089
4090 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4091
4092 /*
4093  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4094 */
4095 #else
4096 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4097 #endif
4098
4099 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4100     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4101     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4102     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4103     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4104     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4105     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4106 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4107
4108 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4109 {
4110     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
4111     // trigerred in a unfinished state
4112     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4113     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4114     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4115     m_gridWin = NULL;
4116 }
4117
4118 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4119                  wxWindowID id,
4120                  const wxPoint& pos,
4121                  const wxSize& size,
4122                  long style,
4123                  const wxString& name )
4124   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
4125     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
4126     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
4127 {
4128     Create();
4129     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4130 }
4131
4132 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4133                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4134                           long style, const wxString& name)
4135 {
4136     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4137                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4138         return false;
4139
4140     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4141     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4142
4143     Create();
4144     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4145
4146     return true;
4147 }
4148
4149 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4150 {
4151     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4152     SetTargetWindow(this);
4153     ClearAttrCache();
4154     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4155
4156 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4157     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4158     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4159                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4160              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4161              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4162 #endif
4163
4164     if (m_ownTable)
4165         delete m_table;
4166
4167     delete m_typeRegistry;
4168     delete m_selection;
4169 }
4170
4171 //
4172 // ----- internal init and update functions
4173 //
4174
4175 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4176 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4177 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4178
4179 void wxGrid::Create()
4180 {
4181     // set to true by CreateGrid
4182     m_created = false;
4183
4184     // create the type registry
4185     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4186     m_selection = NULL;
4187
4188     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4189     m_ownTable = false;
4190
4191     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4192
4193     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4194
4195     // Set default cell attributes
4196     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4197     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4198     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4199     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4200     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4201     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4202
4203 #if _USE_VISATTR
4204     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4205     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4206
4207     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4208     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4209
4210 #else
4211     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4212         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4213     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4214         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4215 #endif
4216
4217     m_numRows = 0;
4218     m_numCols = 0;
4219     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4220
4221     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4222     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4223
4224     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4225     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4226                                               wxID_ANY,
4227                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4228                                               wxDefaultSize );
4229
4230     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4231                                               wxID_ANY,
4232                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4233                                               wxDefaultSize );
4234
4235     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4236                                                     wxID_ANY,
4237                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4238                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4239
4240     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4241                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4242                                   m_colLabelWin,
4243                                   wxID_ANY,
4244                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4245                                   wxDefaultSize );
4246
4247     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4248
4249 #if _USE_VISATTR
4250     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4251     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4252     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4253     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4254 #else
4255     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4256     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4257     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4258     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4259 #endif
4260
4261     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4262     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4263     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4264     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4265     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4266     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4267
4268     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4269     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4270
4271     Init();
4272 }
4273
4274 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4275                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4276 {
4277     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4278                  false,
4279                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4280
4281     m_numRows = numRows;
4282     m_numCols = numCols;
4283
4284     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4285     m_table->SetView( this );
4286     m_ownTable = true;
4287     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4288
4289     CalcDimensions();
4290
4291     m_created = true;
4292
4293     return m_created;
4294 }
4295
4296 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4297 {
4298     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4299                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4300
4301     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4302 }
4303
4304 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4305 {
4306     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4307                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4308
4309     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4310 }
4311
4312 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4313                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4314 {
4315     if ( m_created )
4316     {
4317         // stop all processing
4318         m_created = false;
4319
4320         if (m_ownTable)
4321         {
4322             wxGridTableBase *t = m_table;
4323             m_table = NULL;
4324             delete t;
4325         }
4326
4327         delete m_selection;
4328
4329         m_table = NULL;
4330         m_selection = NULL;
4331         m_numRows = 0;
4332         m_numCols = 0;
4333     }
4334
4335     if (table)
4336     {
4337         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4338         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4339
4340         m_table = table;
4341         m_table->SetView( this );
4342         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4343         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4344
4345         CalcDimensions();
4346
4347         m_created = true;
4348     }
4349
4350     return m_created;
4351 }
4352
4353 void wxGrid::Init()
4354 {
4355     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4356     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4357
4358     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4359     {
4360         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4361     }
4362     else
4363     {
4364         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4365     }
4366
4367     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4368
4369     // init attr cache
4370     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4371     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4372     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4373
4374     // TODO: something better than this ?
4375     //
4376     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4377     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4378
4379     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4380     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4381
4382     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4383     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4384     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4385
4386     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4387     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4388
4389     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4390     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4391
4392 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4393     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4394 #else
4395     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4396 #endif
4397
4398     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4399     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4400     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4401     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4402     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4403
4404     m_canDragColMove = false;
4405
4406     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4407     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4408     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4409     m_canDragColSize = true;
4410     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4411     m_canDragCell = false;
4412     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4413     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4414     m_isDragging = false;
4415     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4416
4417     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4418
4419     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4420     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4421
4422     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4423
4424     ClearSelection();
4425
4426     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4427     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4428
4429     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4430
4431     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4432     m_batchCount = 0;
4433
4434     m_extraWidth =
4435     m_extraHeight = 0;
4436
4437     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4438     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4439 }
4440
4441 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4442 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4443 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4444 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4445 // arrays at all
4446 //
4447 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the
4448 // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later...
4449 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4450
4451 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4452 {
4453     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4454     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4455
4456     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4457     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4458
4459     int rowBottom = 0;
4460
4461     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4462
4463     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4464     {
4465         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4466         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4467     }
4468 }
4469
4470 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4471 {
4472     m_colWidths.Empty();
4473     m_colRights.Empty();
4474
4475     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4476     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4477     int colRight = 0;
4478
4479     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4480
4481     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4482     {
4483         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4484         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4485     }
4486 }
4487
4488 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4489 {
4490     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4491 }
4492
4493 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4494 {
4495     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4496                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4497 }
4498
4499 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4500 {
4501     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4502                                  : m_colRights[col];
4503 }
4504
4505 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4506 {
4507     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4508 }
4509
4510 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4511 {
4512     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4513                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4514 }
4515
4516 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4517 {
4518     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4519                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4520 }
4521
4522 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4523 {
4524     int cw, ch;
4525     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4526
4527     if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4528         cw -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4529     if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4530         ch -= m_colLabelHeight;
4531
4532     // grid total size
4533     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0;
4534     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0;
4535
4536     // take into account editor if shown
4537     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4538     {
4539         int w2, h2;
4540         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4541         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4542         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4543         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4544
4545         // how big is the editor
4546         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4547         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4548         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4549         w2 += x;
4550         h2 += y;
4551         if ( w2 > w )
4552             w = w2;
4553         if ( h2 > h )
4554             h = h2;
4555         editor->DecRef();
4556         attr->DecRef();
4557     }
4558
4559     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4560     int x, y;
4561     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4562
4563     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4564     if ( x >= w )
4565         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4566     if ( y >= h )
4567         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4568
4569     // do set scrollbar parameters
4570     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4571                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y,
4572                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4573
4574     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4575     // still must reposition the children
4576     CalcWindowSizes();
4577 }
4578
4579 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4580 {
4581     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4582
4583     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4584         return;
4585
4586     int cw, ch;
4587     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4588
4589     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4590         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4591
4592     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4593         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4594
4595     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4596         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4597
4598     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4599         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4600 }
4601
4602 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4603 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4604 //
4605 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4606 {
4607     int i;
4608     bool result = false;
4609
4610     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4611     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4612     ClearAttrCache();
4613
4614     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4615     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4616     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4617     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4618     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4619     HideCellEditControl();
4620
4621 #if 0
4622     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4623     // now
4624     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4625     {
4626         InitColWidths();
4627     }
4628
4629     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4630     {
4631         InitRowHeights();
4632     }
4633 #endif
4634
4635     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4636     {
4637         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4638         {
4639             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4640             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4641
4642             m_numRows += numRows;
4643
4644             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4645             {
4646                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4647                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4648
4649                 int bottom = 0;
4650                 if ( pos > 0 )
4651                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4652
4653                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4654                 {
4655                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4656                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4657                 }
4658             }
4659
4660             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4661             {
4662                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4663                 // cell will be undefined...
4664                 //
4665                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4666             }
4667
4668             if ( m_selection )
4669                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4670             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4671             if (attrProvider)
4672                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4673
4674             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4675             {
4676                 CalcDimensions();
4677                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4678             }
4679         }
4680         result = true;
4681         break;
4682
4683         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4684         {
4685             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4686             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4687             m_numRows += numRows;
4688
4689             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4690             {
4691                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4692                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4693
4694                 int bottom = 0;
4695                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4696                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4697
4698                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4699                 {
4700                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4701                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4702                 }
4703             }
4704
4705             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4706             {
4707                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4708                 // cell will be undefined...
4709                 //
4710                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4711             }
4712
4713             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4714             {
4715                 CalcDimensions();
4716                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4717             }
4718         }
4719         result = true;
4720         break;
4721
4722         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4723         {
4724             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4725             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4726             m_numRows -= numRows;
4727
4728             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4729             {
4730                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4731                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4732
4733                 int h = 0;
4734                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4735                 {
4736                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4737                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4738                 }
4739             }
4740
4741             if ( !m_numRows )
4742             {
4743                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4744             }
4745             else
4746             {
4747                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4748                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4749             }
4750
4751             if ( m_selection )
4752                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4753             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4754             if (attrProvider)
4755             {
4756                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4757
4758 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4759 #if 0
4760                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4761                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4762                 // all column attributes.
4763                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4764                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4765                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4766                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4767 #endif
4768             }
4769
4770             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4771             {
4772                 CalcDimensions();
4773                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4774             }
4775         }
4776         result = true;
4777         break;
4778
4779         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4780         {
4781             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4782             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4783             m_numCols += numCols;
4784
4785             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4786             {
4787                 //Shift the column IDs
4788                 int i;
4789                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4790                 {
4791                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4792                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4793                 }
4794
4795                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4796
4797                 //Set the new columns' positions
4798                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4799                 {
4800                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4801                 }
4802             }
4803
4804             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4805             {
4806                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4807                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4808
4809                 int right = 0;
4810                 if ( pos > 0 )
4811                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4812
4813                 int colPos;
4814                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4815                 {
4816                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4817
4818                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4819                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4820                 }
4821             }
4822
4823             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4824             {
4825                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4826                 // cell will be undefined...
4827                 //
4828                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4829             }
4830
4831             if ( m_selection )
4832                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4833             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4834             if (attrProvider)
4835                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4836             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4837             {
4838                 CalcDimensions();
4839                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4840             }
4841         }
4842         result = true;
4843         break;
4844
4845         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4846         {
4847             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4848             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4849             m_numCols += numCols;
4850
4851             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4852             {
4853                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4854
4855                 //Set the new columns' positions
4856                 int i;
4857                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4858                 {
4859                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4860                 }
4861             }
4862
4863             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4864             {
4865                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4866                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4867
4868                 int right = 0;
4869                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4870                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
4871
4872                 int colPos;
4873                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4874                 {
4875                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4876
4877                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4878                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4879                 }
4880             }
4881
4882             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4883             {
4884                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4885                 // cell will be undefined...
4886                 //
4887                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4888             }
4889             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4890             {
4891                 CalcDimensions();
4892                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4893             }
4894         }
4895         result = true;
4896         break;
4897
4898         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4899         {
4900             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4901             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4902             m_numCols -= numCols;
4903
4904             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4905             {
4906                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
4907
4908                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4909
4910                 //Shift the column IDs
4911                 int colPos;
4912                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4913                 {
4914                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
4915                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
4916                 }
4917             }
4918
4919             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4920             {
4921                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4922                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4923
4924                 int w = 0;
4925                 int colPos;
4926                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4927                 {
4928                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4929
4930                     w += m_colWidths[i];
4931                     m_colRights[i] = w;
4932                 }
4933             }
4934
4935             if ( !m_numCols )
4936             {
4937                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4938             }
4939             else
4940             {
4941                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
4942                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4943             }
4944
4945             if ( m_selection )
4946                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4947             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4948             if (attrProvider)
4949             {
4950                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4951
4952 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4953 #if 0
4954                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
4955                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
4956                 // all row attributes.
4957                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4958                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
4959                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
4960                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
4961 #endif
4962             }
4963
4964             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4965             {
4966                 CalcDimensions();
4967                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4968             }
4969         }
4970         result = true;
4971         break;
4972     }
4973
4974     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
4975         m_gridWin->Refresh();
4976
4977     return result;
4978 }
4979
4980 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4981 {
4982     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4983     wxRect r;
4984
4985     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
4986
4987     int top, bottom;
4988     while ( iter )
4989     {
4990         r = iter.GetRect();
4991
4992         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4993         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4994         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4995         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4996         //
4997 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4998         int cw, ch;
4999         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5000         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5001             r.SetTop( 0 );
5002         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5003 #endif
5004
5005         // logical bounds of update region
5006         //
5007         int dummy;
5008         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5009         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5010
5011         // find the row labels within these bounds
5012         //
5013         int row;
5014         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5015         {
5016             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5017                 continue;
5018
5019             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5020                 break;
5021
5022             rowlabels.Add( row );
5023         }
5024
5025         ++iter;
5026     }
5027
5028     return rowlabels;
5029 }
5030
5031 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
5032 {
5033     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5034     wxRect r;
5035
5036     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5037
5038     int left, right;
5039     while ( iter )
5040     {
5041         r = iter.GetRect();
5042
5043         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5044         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5045         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5046         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5047         //
5048 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5049         int cw, ch;
5050         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5051         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5052             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5053         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5054 #endif
5055
5056         // logical bounds of update region
5057         //
5058         int dummy;
5059         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5060         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5061
5062         // find the cells within these bounds
5063         //
5064         int col;
5065         int colPos;
5066         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5067         {
5068             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5069
5070             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5071                 continue;
5072
5073             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5074                 break;
5075
5076             colLabels.Add( col );
5077         }
5078
5079         ++iter;
5080     }
5081
5082     return colLabels;
5083 }
5084
5085 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
5086 {
5087     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5088     wxRect r;
5089
5090     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5091
5092     int left, top, right, bottom;
5093     while ( iter )
5094     {
5095         r = iter.GetRect();
5096
5097         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5098         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5099         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5100         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5101         //
5102 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5103         int cw, ch;
5104         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5105         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5106         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5107         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5108         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5109 #endif
5110
5111         // logical bounds of update region
5112         //
5113         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5114         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5115
5116         // find the cells within these bounds
5117         //
5118         int row, col;
5119         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5120         {
5121             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5122                 continue;
5123
5124             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5125                 break;
5126
5127             int colPos;
5128             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5129             {
5130                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5131
5132                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5133                     continue;
5134
5135                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5136                     break;
5137
5138                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5139             }
5140         }
5141
5142         ++iter;
5143     }
5144
5145     return cellsExposed;
5146 }
5147
5148
5149 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5150 {
5151     int x, y, row;
5152     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5153     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5154
5155     if ( event.Dragging() )
5156     {
5157         if (!m_isDragging)
5158         {
5159             m_isDragging = true;
5160             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5161         }
5162
5163         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5164         {
5165             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5166             {
5167                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5168                 {
5169                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5170                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5171                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5172
5173                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5174                     PrepareDC( dc );
5175                     y = wxMax( y,
5176                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5177                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5178                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5179                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5180                     {
5181                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5182                     }
5183                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5184                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5185                 }
5186                 break;
5187
5188                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5189                 {
5190                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5191                     {
5192                         if ( m_selection )
5193                         {
5194                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5195                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5196                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5197                                                     event.AltDown(),
5198                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5199                         }
5200                     }
5201                 }
5202                 break;
5203
5204                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5205                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5206                 default:
5207                     break;
5208             }
5209         }
5210         return;
5211     }
5212
5213     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5214         return;
5215
5216     if (m_isDragging)
5217     {
5218         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5219             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5220         m_isDragging = false;
5221     }
5222
5223     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5224     //
5225     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5226     {
5227         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5228     }
5229
5230     // ------------ Left button pressed
5231     //
5232     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5233     {
5234         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5235         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5236         // wanting to resize the row
5237         //
5238         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5239         {
5240             row = YToRow(y);
5241             if ( row >= 0 &&
5242                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5243             {
5244                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5245                     ClearSelection();
5246                 if ( m_selection )
5247                 {
5248                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5249                     {
5250                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5251                                                   0,
5252                                                   row,
5253                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5254                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5255                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5256                                                   event.AltDown(),
5257                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5258                     }
5259                     else
5260                     {
5261                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5262                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5263                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5264                                                 event.AltDown(),
5265                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5266                     }
5267                 }
5268
5269                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5270             }
5271         }
5272         else
5273         {
5274             // starting to drag-resize a row
5275             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5276                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5277         }
5278     }
5279
5280     // ------------ Left double click
5281     //
5282     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5283     {
5284         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5285         if ( row < 0 )
5286         {
5287             row = YToRow(y);
5288             if ( row >=0 &&
5289                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5290             {
5291                 // no default action at the moment
5292             }
5293         }
5294         else
5295         {
5296             // adjust row height depending on label text
5297             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5298
5299             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5300             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5301         }
5302     }
5303
5304     // ------------ Left button released
5305     //
5306     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5307     {
5308         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5309         {
5310             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5311
5312             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5313             // default processing in this case
5314             //
5315             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5316         }
5317
5318         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5319         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5320     }
5321
5322     // ------------ Right button down
5323     //
5324     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5325     {
5326         row = YToRow(y);
5327         if ( row >=0 &&
5328              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5329         {
5330             // no default action at the moment
5331         }
5332     }
5333
5334     // ------------ Right double click
5335     //
5336     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5337     {
5338         row = YToRow(y);
5339         if ( row >= 0 &&
5340              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5341         {
5342             // no default action at the moment
5343         }
5344     }
5345
5346     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5347     //
5348     else if ( event.Moving() )
5349     {
5350         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5351         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5352         {
5353             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5354             {
5355                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5356                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5357                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5358             }
5359         }
5360         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5361         {
5362             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5363         }
5364     }
5365 }
5366
5367 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5368 {
5369     int x, y, col;
5370     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5371     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5372
5373     if ( event.Dragging() )
5374     {
5375         if (!m_isDragging)
5376         {
5377             m_isDragging = true;
5378             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5379
5380             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5381                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5382         }
5383
5384         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5385         {
5386             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5387             {
5388                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5389                 {
5390                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5391                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5392                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5393
5394                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5395                     PrepareDC( dc );
5396
5397                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5398                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5399                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5400                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5401                     {
5402                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5403                     }
5404                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5405                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5406                 }
5407                 break;
5408
5409                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5410                 {
5411                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5412                     {
5413                         if ( m_selection )
5414                         {
5415                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5416                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5417                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5418                                                     event.AltDown(),
5419                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5420                         }
5421                     }
5422                 }
5423                 break;
5424
5425                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5426                 {
5427                     if ( x < 0 )
5428                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5429                     else
5430                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5431
5432                     int markerX;
5433
5434                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5435                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5436                     else
5437                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5438
5439                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5440                     {
5441                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5442
5443                         int cw, ch;
5444                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5445
5446                         markerX++;
5447
5448                         //Clean up the last indicator
5449                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5450                         {
5451                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5452                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5453                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5454                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5455
5456                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5457                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5458                         }
5459
5460                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5461                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5462                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5463                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5464                         {
5465                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5466                             return;
5467                         }
5468
5469                         //Draw the marker
5470                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5471                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5472
5473                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5474
5475                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5476
5477                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5478                     }
5479                 }
5480                 break;
5481
5482                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5483                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5484                 default:
5485                     break;
5486             }
5487         }
5488         return;
5489     }
5490
5491     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5492         return;
5493
5494     if (m_isDragging)
5495     {
5496         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5497             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5498         m_isDragging = false;
5499     }
5500
5501     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5502     //
5503     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5504     {
5505         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5506     }
5507
5508     // ------------ Left button pressed
5509     //
5510     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5511     {
5512         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5513         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5514         // wanting to resize the col
5515         //
5516         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5517         {
5518             col = XToCol(x);
5519             if ( col >= 0 &&
5520                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5521             {
5522                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5523                 {
5524                     //Show button as pressed
5525                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5526                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5527                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5528                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5529                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5530                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5531
5532                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5533                 }
5534                 else
5535                 {
5536                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5537                         ClearSelection();
5538                     if ( m_selection )
5539                     {
5540                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5541                         {
5542                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5543                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5544                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5545                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5546                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5547                                                       event.AltDown(),
5548                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5549                         }
5550                         else
5551                         {
5552                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5553                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5554                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5555                                                     event.AltDown(),
5556                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5557                         }
5558                     }
5559
5560                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5561                 }
5562             }
5563         }
5564         else
5565         {
5566             // starting to drag-resize a col
5567             //
5568             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5569                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5570         }
5571     }
5572
5573     // ------------ Left double click
5574     //
5575     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5576     {
5577         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5578         if ( col < 0 )
5579         {
5580             col = XToCol(x);
5581             if ( col >= 0 &&
5582                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5583             {
5584                 // no default action at the moment
5585             }
5586         }
5587         else
5588         {
5589             // adjust column width depending on label text
5590             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5591
5592             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5593             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5594         }
5595     }
5596
5597     // ------------ Left button released
5598     //
5599     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5600     {
5601         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5602         {
5603             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5604                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5605
5606                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5607                 // default processing in this case
5608                 //
5609                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5610                 break;
5611
5612             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5613                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5614
5615                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5616                 break;
5617
5618             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5619             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5620             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5621             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5622                 // nothing to do (?)
5623                 break;
5624         }
5625
5626         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5627         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5628     }
5629
5630     // ------------ Right button down
5631     //
5632     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5633     {
5634         col = XToCol(x);
5635         if ( col >= 0 &&
5636              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5637         {
5638             // no default action at the moment
5639         }
5640     }
5641
5642     // ------------ Right double click
5643     //
5644     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5645     {
5646         col = XToCol(x);
5647         if ( col >= 0 &&
5648              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5649         {
5650             // no default action at the moment
5651         }
5652     }
5653
5654     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5655     //
5656     else if ( event.Moving() )
5657     {
5658         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5659         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5660         {
5661             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5662             {
5663                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5664                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5665                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5666             }
5667         }
5668         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5669         {
5670             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5671         }
5672     }
5673 }
5674
5675 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5676 {
5677     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5678     {
5679         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5680         // col args == -1
5681         //
5682         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5683         {
5684             SelectAll();
5685         }
5686     }
5687     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5688     {
5689         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5690     }
5691     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5692     {
5693         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5694         {
5695             // no default action at the moment
5696         }
5697     }
5698     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5699     {
5700         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5701         {
5702             // no default action at the moment
5703         }
5704     }
5705 }
5706
5707 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5708                               wxWindow *win,
5709                               bool captureMouse)
5710 {
5711 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5712     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5713     {
5714         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5715         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5716         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5717         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5718         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5719         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5720     };
5721
5722     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5723                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5724                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5725                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5726                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5727                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5728 #endif
5729
5730     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5731          win == m_winCapture &&
5732          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5733         return;
5734
5735     if ( !win )
5736     {
5737         // by default use the grid itself
5738         win = m_gridWin;
5739     }
5740
5741     if ( m_winCapture )
5742     {
5743         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5744             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5745         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5746     }
5747
5748     m_cursorMode = mode;
5749
5750     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5751     {
5752         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5753             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5754             break;
5755
5756         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5757             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5758             break;
5759
5760         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5761             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5762             break;
5763
5764         default:
5765             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5766             break;
5767     }
5768
5769     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5770     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5771                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5772
5773     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5774     {
5775         win->CaptureMouse();
5776         m_winCapture = win;
5777     }
5778 }
5779
5780 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5781 {
5782     int x, y;
5783     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5784     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5785
5786     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5787     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5788
5789     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5790     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5791     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5792     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5793     {
5794         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5795         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5796     }
5797
5798     if ( event.Dragging() )
5799     {
5800         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5801
5802         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5803         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5804         if (! m_isDragging)
5805         {
5806             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5807             {
5808                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5809                 return;
5810             }
5811             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5812                 return;
5813         }
5814
5815         m_isDragging = true;
5816         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5817         {
5818             // Hide the edit control, so it
5819             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5820             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5821             {
5822                 HideCellEditControl();
5823                 SaveEditControlValue();
5824             }
5825
5826             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5827             if (! m_winCapture)
5828             {
5829                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5830                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5831             }
5832
5833             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5834             {
5835                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5836                 {
5837                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5838                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5839                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5840                 }
5841                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5842                 {
5843                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5844                     {
5845                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5846                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5847
5848                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5849                                    coords.GetRow(),
5850                                    coords.GetCol(),
5851                                    event );
5852                     }
5853                 }
5854                 else
5855                 {
5856                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5857                     {
5858                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5859                     }
5860                     else
5861                     {
5862                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5863                     }
5864                 }
5865
5866                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5867                 {
5868                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5869                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5870                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5871                 }
5872             }
5873         }
5874         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5875         {
5876             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5877             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5878             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5879
5880             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5881             PrepareDC( dc );
5882             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5883                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5884             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5885             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5886             {
5887                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5888             }
5889             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5890             m_dragLastPos = y;
5891         }
5892         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5893         {
5894             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5895             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5896             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5897
5898             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5899             PrepareDC( dc );
5900             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5901                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5902             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5903             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5904             {
5905                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5906             }
5907             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5908             m_dragLastPos = x;
5909         }
5910
5911         return;
5912     }
5913
5914     m_isDragging = false;
5915     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
5916
5917     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
5918     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
5919     //     wxGTK
5920 #if 0
5921     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5922     {
5923         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5924         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5925     }
5926     else
5927 #endif // 0
5928
5929     // ------------ Left button pressed
5930     //
5931     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5932     {
5933         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
5934                        coords.GetRow(),
5935                        coords.GetCol(),
5936                        event ) )
5937         {
5938             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
5939                 ClearSelection();
5940             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5941             {
5942                 if ( m_selection )
5943                 {
5944                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5945                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5946                                               coords.GetRow(),
5947                                               coords.GetCol(),
5948                                               event.ControlDown(),
5949                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5950                                               event.AltDown(),
5951                                               event.MetaDown() );
5952                 }
5953             }
5954             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
5955                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5956             {
5957                 DisableCellEditControl();
5958                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
5959
5960                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5961                 {
5962                     if ( m_selection )
5963                     {
5964                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
5965                                                           coords.GetCol(),
5966                                                           event.ControlDown(),
5967                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
5968                                                           event.AltDown(),
5969                                                           event.MetaDown() );
5970                     }
5971                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5972                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5973                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5974                 }
5975                 else
5976                 {
5977                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
5978                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
5979                     if ( m_selection )
5980                     {
5981                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
5982                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
5983                         {
5984                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5985                         }
5986                     }
5987                 }
5988             }
5989         }
5990     }
5991
5992     // ------------ Left double click
5993     //
5994     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5995     {
5996         DisableCellEditControl();
5997
5998         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5999         {
6000             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6001                              coords.GetRow(),
6002                              coords.GetCol(),
6003                              event ) )
6004             {
6005                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6006                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6007                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6008             }
6009         }
6010     }
6011
6012     // ------------ Left button released
6013     //
6014     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6015     {
6016         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6017         {
6018             if (m_winCapture)
6019             {
6020                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6021                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6022                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6023             }
6024
6025             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6026             {
6027                 ClearSelection();
6028                 EnableCellEditControl();
6029
6030                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6031                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6032                 editor->StartingClick();
6033                 editor->DecRef();
6034                 attr->DecRef();
6035
6036                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6037             }
6038             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6039                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6040             {
6041                 if ( m_selection )
6042                 {
6043                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6044                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6045                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6046                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6047                                               event.ControlDown(),
6048                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6049                                               event.AltDown(),
6050                                               event.MetaDown() );
6051                 }
6052
6053                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6054                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6055
6056                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6057                 // drag-shrinking.
6058                 ShowCellEditControl();
6059             }
6060         }
6061         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6062         {
6063             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6064             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6065
6066             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6067             // default processing in this case
6068             //
6069             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6070         }
6071         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6072         {
6073             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6074             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6075
6076             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6077             // default processing in this case
6078             //
6079             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6080         }
6081
6082         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6083     }
6084
6085     // ------------ Right button down
6086     //
6087     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6088     {
6089         DisableCellEditControl();
6090         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6091                          coords.GetRow(),
6092                          coords.GetCol(),
6093                          event ) )
6094         {
6095             // no default action at the moment
6096         }
6097     }
6098
6099     // ------------ Right double click
6100     //
6101     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6102     {
6103         DisableCellEditControl();
6104         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6105                          coords.GetRow(),
6106                          coords.GetCol(),
6107                          event ) )
6108         {
6109             // no default action at the moment
6110         }
6111     }
6112
6113     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6114     //
6115     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6116     {
6117         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6118         {
6119             // out of grid cell area
6120             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6121             return;
6122         }
6123
6124         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6125         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6126
6127         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6128         // directions is not implemented yet...
6129         //
6130         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6131         {
6132             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6133             return;
6134         }
6135
6136         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6137         {
6138             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6139
6140             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6141             {
6142                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6143                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW);
6144             }
6145         }
6146         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6147         {
6148             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6149
6150             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6151             {
6152                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6153                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL);
6154             }
6155         }
6156         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6157         {
6158             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6159             {
6160                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6161             }
6162         }
6163     }
6164 }
6165
6166 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6167 {
6168     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6169     {
6170         // erase the last line and resize the row
6171         //
6172         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6173         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6174         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6175
6176         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6177         PrepareDC( dc );
6178         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6179         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6180         HideCellEditControl();
6181         SaveEditControlValue();
6182
6183         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6184         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6185                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6186
6187         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6188         {
6189             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6190             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6191             rect.x = 0;
6192             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6193             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6194             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6195             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6196             rect.width = cw;
6197
6198             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6199             if (m_table)
6200             {
6201                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6202                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6203                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6204                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6205                 {
6206                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6207                     {
6208                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6209                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6210                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6211                     }
6212                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6213                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6214                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6215                 }
6216             }
6217             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6218         }
6219
6220         ShowCellEditControl();
6221     }
6222 }
6223
6224
6225 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6226 {
6227     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6228     {
6229         // erase the last line and resize the col
6230         //
6231         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6232         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6233         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6234
6235         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6236         PrepareDC( dc );
6237         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6238         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6239         HideCellEditControl();
6240         SaveEditControlValue();
6241
6242         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6243         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6244                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6245                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6246
6247         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6248         {
6249             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6250             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6251             rect.y = 0;
6252             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6253             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6254             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6255             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6256             rect.height = ch;
6257
6258             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6259             if (m_table)
6260             {
6261                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6262                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6263                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6264                 if (topRow >= 0)
6265                 {
6266                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6267                     {
6268                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6269                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6270                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6271                     }
6272
6273                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6274                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6275                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6276                 }
6277             }
6278
6279             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6280         }
6281
6282         ShowCellEditControl();
6283     }
6284 }
6285
6286 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6287 {
6288     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6289     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6290     {
6291         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6292         return;
6293     }
6294
6295     int newPos;
6296     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6297         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6298     else
6299     {
6300         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6301         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6302             newPos--;
6303     }
6304
6305     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6306 }
6307
6308 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6309 {
6310     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6311     {
6312         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6313
6314         int i;
6315         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6316         {
6317             m_colAt.Add( i );
6318         }
6319     }
6320
6321     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6322
6323     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6324     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6325     {
6326         int i;
6327         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6328         {
6329             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6330         }
6331     }
6332     else
6333     {
6334         int i;
6335         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6336         {
6337             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6338         }
6339     }
6340
6341     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6342
6343     //Recalculate the column rights
6344     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6345     {
6346         int colRight = 0;
6347         int colPos;
6348         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6349         {
6350             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6351
6352             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6353             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6354         }
6355     }
6356
6357     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6358     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6359 }
6360
6361
6362
6363 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6364 {
6365     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6366         return;
6367
6368     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6369
6370     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6371     {
6372         m_colAt.Clear();
6373
6374         //Recalculate the column rights
6375         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6376         {
6377             int colRight = 0;
6378             int colPos;
6379             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6380             {
6381                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6382                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6383             }
6384         }
6385
6386         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6387         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6388     }
6389 }
6390
6391
6392 //
6393 // ------ interaction with data model
6394 //
6395 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6396 {
6397     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6398     {
6399         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6400             return GetModelValues();
6401
6402         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6403             return SetModelValues();
6404
6405         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6406         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6407         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6408         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6409         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6410         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6411             return Redimension( msg );
6412
6413         default:
6414             return false;
6415     }
6416 }
6417
6418 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6419 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6420 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6421 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6422 //
6423 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6424 {
6425     if ( m_table )
6426     {
6427         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6428             DisableCellEditControl();
6429
6430         m_table->Clear();
6431         if (!GetBatchCount())
6432             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6433     }
6434 }
6435
6436 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6437 {
6438     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6439
6440     if ( !m_created )
6441     {
6442         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6443         return false;
6444     }
6445
6446     if ( m_table )
6447     {
6448         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6449             DisableCellEditControl();
6450
6451         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6452         return done;
6453
6454         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6455         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6456     }
6457
6458     return false;
6459 }
6460
6461 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6462 {
6463     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6464
6465     if ( !m_created )
6466     {
6467         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6468         return false;
6469     }
6470
6471     if ( m_table )
6472     {
6473         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6474         return done;
6475
6476         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6477         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6478     }
6479
6480     return false;
6481 }
6482
6483 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6484 {
6485     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6486
6487     if ( !m_created )
6488     {
6489         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6490         return false;
6491     }
6492
6493     if ( m_table )
6494     {
6495         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6496             DisableCellEditControl();
6497
6498         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6499         return done;
6500         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6501         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6502     }
6503
6504     return false;
6505 }
6506
6507 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6508 {
6509     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6510
6511     if ( !m_created )
6512     {
6513         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6514         return false;
6515     }
6516
6517     if ( m_table )
6518     {
6519         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6520             DisableCellEditControl();
6521
6522         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6523         return done;
6524         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6525         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6526     }
6527
6528     return false;
6529 }
6530
6531 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6532 {
6533     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6534
6535     if ( !m_created )
6536     {
6537         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6538         return false;
6539     }
6540
6541     if ( m_table )
6542     {
6543         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6544         return done;
6545         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6546         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6547     }
6548
6549     return false;
6550 }
6551
6552 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6553 {
6554     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6555
6556     if ( !m_created )
6557     {
6558         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6559         return false;
6560     }
6561
6562     if ( m_table )
6563     {
6564         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6565             DisableCellEditControl();
6566
6567         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6568         return done;
6569         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6570         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6571     }
6572
6573     return false;
6574 }
6575
6576 //
6577 // ----- event handlers
6578 //
6579
6580 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6581 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6582 //
6583 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6584                         int row, int col,
6585                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6586 {
6587    bool claimed, vetoed;
6588
6589    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6590    {
6591        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6592
6593        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6594                type,
6595                this,
6596                rowOrCol,
6597                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6598                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6599                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6600                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6601                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6602                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6603
6604        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6605        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6606    }
6607    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6608    {
6609        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6610        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6611                type,
6612                this,
6613                m_selectingTopLeft,
6614                m_selectingBottomRight,
6615                true,
6616                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6617                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6618                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6619                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6620
6621        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6622        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6623    }
6624    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6625              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6626              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6627              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6628    {
6629        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6630
6631        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6632            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6633        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6634            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6635
6636        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6637                type,
6638                this,
6639                row, col,
6640                pos.x,
6641                pos.y,
6642                false,
6643                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6644                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6645                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6646                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6647        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6648        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6649    }
6650    else
6651    {
6652        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6653                type,
6654                this,
6655                row, col,
6656                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6657                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6658                false,
6659                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6660                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6661                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6662                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6663        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6664        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6665    }
6666
6667    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6668    if (vetoed)
6669        return -1;
6670
6671    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6672 }
6673
6674 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6675 // of ProcessEvent().
6676 //
6677 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6678                         int row, int col )
6679 {
6680    bool claimed, vetoed;
6681
6682     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6683     {
6684         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6685
6686         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6687
6688         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6689         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6690     }
6691     else
6692     {
6693         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6694
6695         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6696         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6697      }
6698
6699     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6700     if (vetoed)
6701         return -1;
6702
6703     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6704 }
6705
6706 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6707 {
6708     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6709     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6710 }
6711
6712 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6713 {
6714     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6715     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6716     if (! GetBatchCount())
6717     {
6718         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6719         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6720
6721         if (rect)
6722         {
6723             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6724             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6725             int x, y;
6726
6727             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6728             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6729             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6730             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6731             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6732
6733             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6734             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6735                 width_label = rectWidth;
6736
6737             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6738             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6739                 height_label = rectHeight;
6740
6741             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6742             {
6743                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6744                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6745             }
6746             else
6747             {
6748                 x = 0;
6749                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6750             }
6751
6752             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6753             {
6754                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6755                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6756             }
6757             else
6758             {
6759                 y = 0;
6760                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6761             }
6762
6763             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6764             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6765             {
6766                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6767                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6768             }
6769
6770             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6771             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6772             {
6773                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6774                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6775             }
6776
6777             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6778             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6779             {
6780                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6781                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6782             }
6783
6784             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6785             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6786             {
6787                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6788                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6789             }
6790         }
6791         else
6792         {
6793             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6794             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6795             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6796             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6797         }
6798     }
6799 }
6800
6801 void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
6802 {
6803     // position the child windows
6804     CalcWindowSizes();
6805
6806     // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size
6807     // changes itself
6808     event.Skip();
6809 }
6810
6811 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6812 {
6813     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6814     {
6815         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6816         //
6817         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6818     }
6819
6820     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6821
6822     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6823     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6824     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6825     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6826
6827     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6828     {
6829         // try local handlers
6830         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6831         {
6832             case WXK_UP:
6833                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6834                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6835                 else
6836                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6837                 break;
6838
6839             case WXK_DOWN:
6840                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6841                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6842                 else
6843                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6844                 break;
6845
6846             case WXK_LEFT:
6847                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6848                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6849                 else
6850                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6851                 break;
6852
6853             case WXK_RIGHT:
6854                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6855                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6856                 else
6857                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6858                 break;
6859
6860             case WXK_RETURN:
6861             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6862                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6863                 {
6864                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6865                 }
6866                 else
6867                 {
6868                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6869                     {
6870                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6871                     }
6872                     else
6873                     {
6874                         // at the bottom of a column
6875                         DisableCellEditControl();
6876                     }
6877                 }
6878                 break;
6879
6880             case WXK_ESCAPE:
6881                 ClearSelection();
6882                 break;
6883
6884             case WXK_TAB:
6885                 if (event.ShiftDown())
6886                 {
6887                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
6888                     {
6889                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
6890                     }
6891                     else
6892                     {
6893                         // at left of grid
6894                         DisableCellEditControl();
6895                     }
6896                 }
6897                 else
6898                 {
6899                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
6900                     {
6901                         MoveCursorRight( false );
6902                     }
6903                     else
6904                     {
6905                         // at right of grid
6906                         DisableCellEditControl();
6907                     }
6908                 }
6909                 break;
6910
6911             case WXK_HOME:
6912                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6913                 {
6914                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
6915                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
6916                 }
6917                 else
6918                 {
6919                     event.Skip();
6920                 }
6921                 break;
6922
6923             case WXK_END:
6924                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6925                 {
6926                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6927                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6928                 }
6929                 else
6930                 {
6931                     event.Skip();
6932                 }
6933                 break;
6934
6935             case WXK_PAGEUP:
6936                 MovePageUp();
6937                 break;
6938
6939             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
6940                 MovePageDown();
6941                 break;
6942
6943             case WXK_SPACE:
6944                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6945                 {
6946                     if ( m_selection )
6947                     {
6948                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
6949                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6950                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6951                             event.ControlDown(),
6952                             event.ShiftDown(),
6953                             event.AltDown(),
6954                             event.MetaDown() );
6955                     }
6956                     break;
6957                 }
6958
6959                 if ( !IsEditable() )
6960                     MoveCursorRight( false );
6961                 else
6962                     event.Skip();
6963                 break;
6964
6965             default:
6966                 event.Skip();
6967                 break;
6968         }
6969     }
6970
6971     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
6972 }
6973
6974 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
6975 {
6976     // try local handlers
6977     //
6978     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
6979     {
6980         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6981              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6982         {
6983             if ( m_selection )
6984             {
6985                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
6986                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6987                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6988                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6989                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6990                     event.ControlDown(),
6991                     true,
6992                     event.AltDown(),
6993                     event.MetaDown() );
6994             }
6995         }
6996
6997         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6998         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6999         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7000     }
7001 }
7002
7003 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7004 {
7005     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7006     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7007     {
7008         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7009         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7010         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7011         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7012         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7013
7014         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7015         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7016         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7017              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7018         {
7019             // ensure cell is visble
7020             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7021             EnableCellEditControl();
7022
7023             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7024             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7025             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7026             // crash the app
7027             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7028                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7029         }
7030         else
7031         {
7032             event.Skip();
7033         }
7034
7035         editor->DecRef();
7036         attr->DecRef();
7037     }
7038     else
7039     {
7040         event.Skip();
7041     }
7042 }
7043
7044 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7045 {
7046 }
7047
7048 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7049 {
7050     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7051     {
7052         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7053         return;
7054     }
7055
7056     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7057     PrepareDC( dc );
7058
7059     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7060     {
7061         DisableCellEditControl();
7062
7063         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7064         {
7065             wxRect r;
7066             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7067             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7068             {
7069                 r.x--;
7070                 r.y--;
7071                 r.width++;
7072                 r.height++;
7073             }
7074
7075             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7076
7077             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7078             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7079
7080             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7081             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7082         }
7083     }
7084
7085     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7086
7087     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7088     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7089     attr->DecRef();
7090 }
7091
7092 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7093 {
7094     int temp;
7095     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7096
7097     if ( m_selection )
7098     {
7099         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7100         {
7101             leftCol = 0;
7102             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7103         }
7104         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7105         {
7106             topRow = 0;
7107             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7108         }
7109     }
7110
7111     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7112     {
7113         temp = topRow;
7114         topRow = bottomRow;
7115         bottomRow = temp;
7116     }
7117
7118     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7119     {
7120         temp = leftCol;
7121         leftCol = rightCol;
7122         rightCol = temp;
7123     }
7124
7125     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7126     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7127
7128     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7129     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7130          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7131     {
7132         wxRect rect;
7133         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7134                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7135         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7136     }
7137
7138     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7139     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7140               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7141     {
7142         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7143         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7144         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7145         wxRect  rect[4];
7146         bool    need_refresh[4];
7147         need_refresh[0] =
7148         need_refresh[1] =
7149         need_refresh[2] =
7150         need_refresh[3] = false;
7151         int     i;
7152
7153         // Store intermediate values
7154         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7155         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7156         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7157         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7158
7159         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7160         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7161         {
7162             temp = oldLeft;
7163             oldLeft = leftCol;
7164             leftCol = temp;
7165         }
7166         if (oldTop > topRow )
7167         {
7168             temp = oldTop;
7169             oldTop = topRow;
7170             topRow = temp;
7171         }
7172         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7173         {
7174             temp = oldRight;
7175             oldRight = rightCol;
7176             rightCol = temp;
7177         }
7178         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7179         {
7180             temp = oldBottom;
7181             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7182             bottomRow = temp;
7183         }
7184
7185         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7186         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7187         // is contained in the other.
7188
7189         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7190         {
7191             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7192             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7193             need_refresh[0] = true;
7194             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7195                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7196                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7197         }
7198
7199         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7200         {
7201             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7202             // area above the old or new selection.
7203             need_refresh[1] = true;
7204             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7205                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7206                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7207         }
7208
7209         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7210         {
7211             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7212             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7213             need_refresh[2] = true;
7214             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7215                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7216                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7217         }
7218
7219         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7220         {
7221             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7222             // area below the old or new selection.
7223             need_refresh[3] = true;
7224             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7225                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7226                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7227         }
7228
7229         // various Refresh() calls
7230         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7231             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7232                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7233     }
7234
7235     // change selection
7236     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7237     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7238 }
7239
7240 //
7241 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7242 //
7243
7244 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7245 {
7246     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7247     HideCellEditControl();
7248
7249     if ( m_table )
7250     {
7251         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7252         //
7253         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7254         return true;
7255     }
7256
7257     return false;
7258 }
7259
7260 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7261 {
7262     int row, col;
7263
7264     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7265     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7266     // I think so ...
7267     DisableCellEditControl();
7268
7269     if ( m_table )
7270     {
7271         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7272         {
7273             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7274             {
7275                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7276             }
7277         }
7278
7279         return true;
7280     }
7281
7282     return false;
7283 }
7284
7285 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7286 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7287 // CalcExposedCells)
7288 //
7289 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7290 {
7291     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7292         return;
7293
7294     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7295     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7296     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7297
7298     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7299     {
7300         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7301         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7302         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7303
7304         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7305         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7306         {
7307             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7308             bool marked = false;
7309             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7310             {
7311                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7312                 {
7313                     marked = true;
7314                     break;
7315                 }
7316             }
7317
7318             if (!marked)
7319             {
7320                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7321                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7322                 {
7323                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7324                     {
7325                         marked = true;
7326                         break;
7327                     }
7328                 }
7329
7330                 if (!marked)
7331                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7332             }
7333
7334             // don't bother drawing this cell
7335             continue;
7336         }
7337
7338         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7339         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7340         {
7341             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7342             {
7343                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7344                 int left = col;
7345                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7346                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7347                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7348                     {
7349                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7350                     }
7351
7352                 if (left == col)
7353                     left = 0; // oh well
7354
7355                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7356                 {
7357                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7358                     {
7359                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7360                         {
7361                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7362                             bool marked = false;
7363
7364                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7365                             {
7366                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7367                                 {
7368                                     marked = true;
7369                                     break;
7370                                 }
7371                             }
7372
7373                             if (!marked)
7374                             {
7375                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7376                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7377                                 {
7378                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7379                                     {
7380                                         marked = true;
7381                                         break;
7382                                     }
7383                                 }
7384                                 if (!marked)
7385                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7386                             }
7387                         }
7388                         break;
7389                     }
7390                 }
7391             }
7392         }
7393
7394         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7395     }
7396
7397     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7398
7399     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7400     {
7401         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7402     }
7403 }
7404
7405 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7406 {
7407   int cw, ch;
7408   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7409
7410   int right, bottom;
7411   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7412
7413   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7414   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7415
7416   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7417   {
7418       int left, top;
7419       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7420
7421       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
7422       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7423
7424       if ( right > rightCol )
7425       {
7426           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7427       }
7428
7429       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7430       {
7431           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7432       }
7433   }
7434 }
7435
7436 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7437 {
7438     int row = coords.GetRow();
7439     int col = coords.GetCol();
7440
7441     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7442         return;
7443
7444     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7445 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7446     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7447         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7448 #endif
7449
7450     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7451
7452     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7453
7454     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7455
7456     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7457     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7458     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7459     {
7460         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7461         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7462         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7463         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7464 #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS
7465         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7466         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7467         editor->DecRef();
7468 #endif
7469     }
7470     else
7471     {
7472         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7473         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7474         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7475         renderer->DecRef();
7476     }
7477
7478     attr->DecRef();
7479 }
7480
7481 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7482 {
7483     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7484     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7485
7486     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7487         return;
7488
7489     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7490
7491     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7492     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7493     // it doesn't look really good
7494
7495     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7496
7497     if (penWidth > 0)
7498     {
7499         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7500         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7501         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7502         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7503         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7504         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7505         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7506         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7507         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7508
7509         // Now draw the rectangle
7510         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7511         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7512         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7513         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7514         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7515     }
7516
7517 #if 0
7518         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7519
7520         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7521         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7522                 y1 = rect.y,
7523                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7524                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7525
7526         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7527         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7528         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7529
7530         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7531         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7532
7533         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7534         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7535         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7536 #endif
7537 }
7538
7539 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7540 {
7541     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID);
7542 }
7543
7544 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7545 {
7546     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7547 }
7548
7549 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7550 {
7551     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7552 }
7553
7554 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7555 {
7556     int row = coords.GetRow();
7557     int col = coords.GetCol();
7558     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7559         return;
7560
7561
7562     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7563
7564     // right hand border
7565     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7566     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7567                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7568
7569     // bottom border
7570     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7571     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7572                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7573 }
7574
7575 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7576 {
7577     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7578     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7579     //
7580     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7581          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7582     {
7583         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7584     }
7585
7586     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7587     {
7588         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7589         return;
7590     }
7591
7592     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7593     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7594     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7595     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7596     {
7597         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7598         {
7599             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7600             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7601             attr->DecRef();
7602
7603             break;
7604         }
7605     }
7606 }
7607
7608 // TODO: remove this ???
7609 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7610 // has been changed
7611 //
7612 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7613 {
7614 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7615     return;
7616 #endif
7617
7618     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7619          return;
7620
7621     int top, bottom, left, right;
7622
7623 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7624     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7625     {
7626       int cw, ch;
7627       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7628
7629       // virtual coords of visible area
7630       //
7631       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7632       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7633     }
7634     else
7635     {
7636       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7637       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7638       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7639       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7640     }
7641 #else
7642       int cw, ch;
7643       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7644       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7645       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7646 #endif
7647
7648     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7649     //
7650     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7651     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7652
7653     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7654     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7655     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7656     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7657     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7658
7659 #ifndef __WXMAC__
7660     // CS: I don't know why suddenly unscrolled coordinates are used for clipping
7661     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7662
7663     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7664     wxRect rect;
7665
7666     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7667     {
7668         int colPos;
7669         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<rightCol; colPos++)
7670         {
7671             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7672
7673             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7674             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7675             {
7676                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7677                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7678                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7679             }
7680             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7681             {
7682                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7683                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7684                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7685             }
7686         }
7687     }
7688 #else
7689     wxRegion clippedcells( left, top, right - left, bottom - top );
7690
7691     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7692     wxRect rect;
7693
7694     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7695     {
7696         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7697         {
7698             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7699             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7700             {
7701                 rect = CellToRect(j, i);
7702                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7703             }
7704             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7705             {
7706                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7707                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7708             }
7709         }
7710     }
7711 #endif
7712
7713     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7714
7715
7716     // horizontal grid lines
7717     //
7718     // already declared above - int i;
7719     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7720     {
7721         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7722
7723         if ( bot > bottom )
7724         {
7725             break;
7726         }
7727
7728         if ( bot >= top )
7729         {
7730             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7731             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7732         }
7733     }
7734
7735     // vertical grid lines
7736     //
7737     int colPos;
7738     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7739     {
7740         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7741
7742         int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1;
7743         if ( colRight > right )
7744         {
7745             break;
7746         }
7747
7748         if ( colRight >= left )
7749         {
7750             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7751             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7752         }
7753     }
7754
7755     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7756 }
7757
7758 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7759 {
7760     if ( !m_numRows )
7761         return;
7762
7763     size_t i;
7764     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7765
7766     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7767     {
7768         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7769     }
7770 }
7771
7772 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7773 {
7774     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7775         return;
7776
7777     wxRect rect;
7778
7779 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7780     rect.SetX( 1 );
7781     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 );
7782     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 );
7783     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 );
7784
7785     CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y );
7786
7787     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7788
7789     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7790 #else
7791     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7792         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7793
7794     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7795     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7796     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7797     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7798
7799     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7800     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7801     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7802 #endif
7803
7804     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7805     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7806     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7807
7808     int hAlign, vAlign;
7809     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7810
7811     rect.SetX( 2 );
7812     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7813     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7814     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7815     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7816 }
7817
7818 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7819 {
7820     if ( !m_numCols )
7821         return;
7822
7823     size_t i;
7824     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7825
7826     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7827     {
7828         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7829     }
7830 }
7831
7832 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7833 {
7834     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7835         return;
7836
7837     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7838
7839     wxRect rect;
7840
7841 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7842     rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 );
7843     rect.SetY( 1 );
7844     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 );
7845     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 );
7846
7847     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7848
7849     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7850 #else
7851     int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7852
7853     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7854     dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7855     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7856     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7857                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7858
7859     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7860     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7861     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7862 #endif
7863
7864     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7865     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7866     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7867
7868     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7869     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7870     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7871
7872     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7873     rect.SetY( 2 );
7874     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7875     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7876     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7877 }
7878
7879 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7880                                 const wxString& value,
7881                                 const wxRect& rect,
7882                                 int horizAlign,
7883                                 int vertAlign,
7884                                 int textOrientation )
7885 {
7886     wxArrayString lines;
7887
7888     StringToLines( value, lines );
7889
7890     // Forward to new API.
7891     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
7892         lines,
7893         rect,
7894         horizAlign,
7895         vertAlign,
7896         textOrientation );
7897 }
7898
7899 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
7900 //     add textOrientation support
7901 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
7902                                const wxArrayString& lines,
7903                                const wxRect& rect,
7904                                int horizAlign,
7905                                int vertAlign,
7906                                int textOrientation)
7907 {
7908     if ( lines.empty() )
7909         return;
7910
7911     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
7912
7913     long textWidth,
7914          textHeight;
7915
7916     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7917         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
7918     else
7919         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
7920
7921     int x = 0,
7922         y = 0;
7923     switch ( vertAlign )
7924     {
7925         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
7926             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7927                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
7928             else
7929                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
7930             break;
7931
7932         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7933             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7934                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
7935             else
7936                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
7937             break;
7938
7939         case wxALIGN_TOP:
7940         default:
7941             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7942                 y = rect.y + 1;
7943             else
7944                 x = rect.x + 1;
7945             break;
7946     }
7947
7948     // Align each line of a multi-line label
7949     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
7950     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
7951     {
7952         const wxString& line = lines[l];
7953
7954         if ( line.empty() )
7955         {
7956             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
7957             continue;
7958         }
7959
7960         long lineWidth,
7961              lineHeight;
7962         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
7963
7964         switch ( horizAlign )
7965         {
7966             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
7967                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7968                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
7969                 else
7970                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
7971                 break;
7972
7973             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7974                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7975                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
7976                 else
7977                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
7978                 break;
7979
7980             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
7981             default:
7982                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7983                     x = rect.x + 1;
7984                 else
7985                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7986                 break;
7987         }
7988
7989         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7990         {
7991             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
7992             y += lineHeight;
7993         }
7994         else
7995         {
7996             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
7997             x += lineHeight;
7998         }
7999     }
8000 }
8001
8002 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8003 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8004 //
8005 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines )
8006 {
8007     int startPos = 0;
8008     int pos;
8009     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8010     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8011
8012     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8013     {
8014         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8015         if ( pos < 0 )
8016         {
8017             break;
8018         }
8019         else if ( pos == 0 )
8020         {
8021             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8022         }
8023         else
8024         {
8025             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8026         }
8027
8028         startPos += pos + 1;
8029     }
8030
8031     if ( startPos < (int)value.length() )
8032     {
8033         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
8034     }
8035 }
8036
8037 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8038                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8039                              long *width, long *height )
8040 {
8041     long w = 0;
8042     long h = 0;
8043     long lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8044
8045     size_t i;
8046     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8047     {
8048         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8049         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8050         h += lineH;
8051     }
8052
8053     *width = w;
8054     *height = h;
8055 }
8056
8057 //
8058 // ------ Batch processing.
8059 //
8060 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8061 {
8062     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8063     {
8064         m_batchCount--;
8065         if ( !m_batchCount )
8066         {
8067             CalcDimensions();
8068             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8069             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8070             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8071             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8072         }
8073     }
8074 }
8075
8076 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8077 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8078 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8079 //
8080 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8081 {
8082     BeginBatch();
8083     EndBatch();
8084 }
8085
8086 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8087 {
8088     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8089         return false;
8090
8091     // redraw in the new state
8092     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8093
8094     return true;
8095 }
8096
8097 //
8098 // ------ Edit control functions
8099 //
8100
8101 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8102 {
8103     // TODO: improve this ?
8104     //
8105     if ( edit != m_editable )
8106     {
8107         if (!edit)
8108             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8109         m_editable = edit;
8110     }
8111 }
8112
8113 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8114 {
8115     if (! m_editable)
8116         return;
8117
8118     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8119     {
8120         if ( enable )
8121         {
8122             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8123                 return;
8124
8125             // this should be checked by the caller!
8126             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8127
8128             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8129             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8130
8131             ShowCellEditControl();
8132         }
8133         else
8134         {
8135             //FIXME:add veto support
8136             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8137
8138             HideCellEditControl();
8139             SaveEditControlValue();
8140
8141             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8142             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8143         }
8144     }
8145 }
8146
8147 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8148 {
8149     // const_cast
8150     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8151     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8152     attr->DecRef();
8153
8154     return readonly;
8155 }
8156
8157 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8158 {
8159     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8160         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8161 }
8162
8163 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8164 {
8165     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8166     // current one if it's read only
8167     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8168 }
8169
8170 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8171 {
8172     bool isShown = false;
8173
8174     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8175     {
8176         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8177         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8178         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8179         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8180         attr->DecRef();
8181
8182         if ( editor )
8183         {
8184             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8185             {
8186                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8187             }
8188
8189             editor->DecRef();
8190         }
8191     }
8192
8193     return isShown;
8194 }
8195
8196 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8197 {
8198     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8199     {
8200         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8201         {
8202             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8203             return;
8204         }
8205         else
8206         {
8207             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8208             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8209             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8210
8211             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8212             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8213             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8214             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8215             {
8216                 row += cell_rows;
8217                 col += cell_cols;
8218                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8219                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8220             }
8221
8222             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8223             // might not cover the entire cell
8224             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8225             PrepareDC( dc );
8226             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(GetCellAttr(row, col)->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
8227             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8228             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8229
8230             // convert to scrolled coords
8231             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8232
8233             int nXMove = 0;
8234             if (rect.x < 0)
8235                 nXMove = rect.x;
8236
8237             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8238             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8239             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8240             // "don't change."
8241             if (rect.x > 0)
8242                 rect.x--;
8243             if (rect.y > 0)
8244                 rect.y--;
8245
8246             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8247             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8248             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8249             {
8250                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8251                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8252
8253                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8254                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8255                                              this,
8256                                              row,
8257                                              col,
8258                                              editor->GetControl());
8259                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8260             }
8261
8262             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8263             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8264             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8265             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8266             {
8267                 int y;
8268                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8269                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8270                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8271             }
8272
8273             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8274             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8275                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8276
8277             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8278             {
8279                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8280                 // may have changed earlier
8281                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8282                 {
8283                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8284                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8285
8286                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8287                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8288                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8289                     {
8290                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8291                     }
8292                     else
8293                         break;
8294                 }
8295
8296                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8297                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8298             }
8299
8300             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8301             editor->SetSize( rect );
8302             if (nXMove != 0)
8303                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8304                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8305                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8306             editor->Show( true, attr );
8307
8308             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8309             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8310             CalcDimensions();
8311
8312             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8313             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8314
8315             editor->DecRef();
8316             attr->DecRef();
8317         }
8318     }
8319 }
8320
8321 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8322 {
8323     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8324     {
8325         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8326         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8327
8328         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8329         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8330         editor->Show( false );
8331         editor->DecRef();
8332         attr->DecRef();
8333
8334         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8335
8336         // refresh whole row to the right
8337         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8338         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8339         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8340
8341 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8342         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8343         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8344 #endif
8345
8346         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8347     }
8348 }
8349
8350 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8351 {
8352     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8353     {
8354         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8355         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8356
8357         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8358
8359         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8360         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8361         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8362
8363         editor->DecRef();
8364         attr->DecRef();
8365
8366         if (changed)
8367         {
8368             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8369                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8370                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8371             {
8372                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8373                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8374             }
8375         }
8376     }
8377 }
8378
8379 //
8380 // ------ Grid location functions
8381 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8382 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8383 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8384 //
8385
8386 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords )
8387 {
8388     int row = YToRow(y);
8389     int col = XToCol(x);
8390
8391     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8392     {
8393         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8394     }
8395     else
8396     {
8397         coords.Set( row, col );
8398     }
8399 }
8400
8401 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8402 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8403 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8404 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8405
8406 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8407                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8408                            bool clipToMinMax)
8409 {
8410     if (coord < 0)
8411         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8412
8413     if (!defaultDist)
8414         defaultDist = 1;
8415
8416     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8417            i_min = 0;
8418
8419     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8420     {
8421         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8422             return i_max;
8423         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8424     }
8425
8426     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8427     {
8428         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8429     }
8430     else
8431     {
8432         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8433         {
8434             i_min = i_max;
8435             if (minDist)
8436                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8437             else
8438                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8439         }
8440
8441         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8442             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8443     }
8444
8445     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8446         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8447     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8448         return 0;
8449
8450     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8451     {
8452         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8453                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8454         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8455             return i_max;
8456         else
8457             i_max--;
8458         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8459         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8460             i_max = median;
8461         else
8462             i_min = median;
8463     }
8464
8465     return i_max;
8466 }
8467
8468 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
8469 {
8470     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8471                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8472 }
8473
8474 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax )
8475 {
8476     if (x < 0)
8477         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8478
8479     if (!m_defaultColWidth)
8480         m_defaultColWidth = 1;
8481
8482     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8483     int minPos = 0;
8484
8485     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8486     {
8487         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8488             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8489         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8490     }
8491
8492     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8493         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8494     else
8495     {
8496         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8497         {
8498             minPos = maxPos;
8499             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8500                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8501             else
8502                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8503         }
8504         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8505             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8506     }
8507
8508     //X is beyond the last column
8509     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8510         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8511
8512     //X is before the first column
8513     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8514         return GetColAt( 0 );
8515
8516     //Perform a binary search
8517     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8518     {
8519         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8520                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8521
8522         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8523             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8524         else
8525             maxPos--;
8526         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8527         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8528             maxPos = median;
8529         else
8530             minPos = median;
8531     }
8532     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8533 }
8534
8535 // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or
8536 // -1 if not near an edge
8537 //
8538 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y )
8539 {
8540     int i;
8541     i = internalYToRow(y);
8542
8543     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8544     {
8545         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8546         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8547         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8548             return i;
8549         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8550             return i - 1;
8551     }
8552
8553     return -1;
8554 }
8555
8556 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8557 // -1 if not near an edge
8558 //
8559 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x )
8560 {
8561     int i;
8562     i = internalXToCol(x);
8563
8564     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8565     {
8566         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8567         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8568         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8569             return i;
8570         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8571             return i - 1;
8572     }
8573
8574     return -1;
8575 }
8576
8577 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col )
8578 {
8579     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8580
8581     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8582          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8583     {
8584         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8585         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8586         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8587         // if negative then find multicell owner
8588         if (cell_rows < 0)
8589             row += cell_rows;
8590         if (cell_cols < 0)
8591              col += cell_cols;
8592         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8593
8594         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8595         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8596         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8597             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8598         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8599             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8600     }
8601
8602     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8603     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8604     {
8605         rect.width -= 1;
8606         rect.height -= 1;
8607     }
8608
8609     return rect;
8610 }
8611
8612 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible )
8613 {
8614     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8615     //
8616     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8617
8618     // convert to device coords
8619     //
8620     int left, top, right, bottom;
8621     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8622     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8623
8624     // check against the client area of the grid window
8625     int cw, ch;
8626     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8627
8628     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8629     {
8630         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8631         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8632                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8633     }
8634     else
8635     {
8636         // is the cell partly visible ?
8637         //
8638         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8639                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8640     }
8641 }
8642
8643 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8644 // of scrolling
8645 //
8646 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8647 {
8648     int i;
8649     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8650
8651     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8652          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8653     {
8654         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8655         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8656
8657         // convert to device coords
8658         int left, top, right, bottom;
8659         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8660         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8661
8662         int cw, ch;
8663         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8664
8665         if ( top < 0 )
8666         {
8667             ypos = r.GetTop();
8668         }
8669         else if ( bottom > ch )
8670         {
8671             int h = r.GetHeight();
8672             ypos = r.GetTop();
8673             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8674             {
8675                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8676                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8677                     break;
8678
8679                 h += rowHeight;
8680                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8681             }
8682
8683             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8684             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8685             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8686             //
8687             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8688             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8689             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8690         }
8691
8692         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8693         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8694         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8695 //      if ( left < 0 )
8696         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8697         {
8698             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8699         }
8700         else if ( right > cw )
8701         {
8702             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8703             int x0, y0;
8704             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8705             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8706
8707             // see comment for ypos above
8708             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8709         }
8710
8711         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8712         {
8713             if ( xpos != -1 )
8714                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8715             if ( ypos != -1 )
8716                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8717             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8718             AdjustScrollbars();
8719         }
8720     }
8721 }
8722
8723 //
8724 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8725 //
8726
8727 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8728 {
8729     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8730          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8731     {
8732         if ( expandSelection )
8733         {
8734             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8735                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8736             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8737             {
8738                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8739                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8740                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8741                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8742             }
8743         }
8744         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8745         {
8746             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8747             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8748             ClearSelection();
8749             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8750             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8751         }
8752         else
8753             return false;
8754
8755         return true;
8756     }
8757
8758     return false;
8759 }
8760
8761 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8762 {
8763     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8764          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8765     {
8766         if ( expandSelection )
8767         {
8768             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8769                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8770             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8771             {
8772                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8773                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8774                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8775                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8776             }
8777         }
8778         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8779         {
8780             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8781             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8782             ClearSelection();
8783             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8784             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8785         }
8786         else
8787             return false;
8788
8789         return true;
8790     }
8791
8792     return false;
8793 }
8794
8795 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8796 {
8797     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8798          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8799     {
8800         if ( expandSelection )
8801         {
8802             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8803                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8804             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8805             {
8806                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8807                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8808                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8809                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8810             }
8811         }
8812         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8813         {
8814             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8815             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8816             ClearSelection();
8817
8818             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8819             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8820         }
8821         else
8822             return false;
8823
8824         return true;
8825     }
8826
8827     return false;
8828 }
8829
8830 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8831 {
8832     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8833          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8834     {
8835         if ( expandSelection )
8836         {
8837             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8838                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8839             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8840             {
8841                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8842                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8843                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8844                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8845             }
8846         }
8847         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
8848         {
8849             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8850             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
8851             ClearSelection();
8852
8853             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8854             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8855         }
8856         else
8857             return false;
8858
8859         return true;
8860     }
8861
8862     return false;
8863 }
8864
8865 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8866 {
8867     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8868         return false;
8869
8870     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8871     if ( row > 0 )
8872     {
8873         int cw, ch;
8874         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8875
8876         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8877         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8878
8879         if ( newRow == row )
8880         {
8881             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
8882             newRow = row - 1;
8883         }
8884
8885         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8886         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8887
8888         return true;
8889     }
8890
8891     return false;
8892 }
8893
8894 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
8895 {
8896     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8897         return false;
8898
8899     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8900     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
8901     {
8902         int cw, ch;
8903         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8904
8905         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8906         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
8907         if ( newRow == row )
8908         {
8909             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
8910             newRow = row + 1;
8911         }
8912
8913         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8914         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8915
8916         return true;
8917     }
8918
8919     return false;
8920 }
8921
8922 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
8923 {
8924     if ( m_table &&
8925          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8926          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8927     {
8928         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8929         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8930
8931         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8932         {
8933             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8934             // non-empty cells
8935             //
8936             while ( row > 0 )
8937             {
8938                 row--;
8939                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8940                     break;
8941             }
8942         }
8943         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
8944         {
8945             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
8946             //
8947             row--;
8948             while ( row > 0 )
8949             {
8950                 row--;
8951                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8952                     break;
8953             }
8954         }
8955         else
8956         {
8957             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
8958             //
8959             while ( row > 0 )
8960             {
8961                 row--;
8962                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8963                 {
8964                     row++;
8965                     break;
8966                 }
8967             }
8968         }
8969
8970         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8971         if ( expandSelection )
8972         {
8973             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8974             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8975         }
8976         else
8977         {
8978             ClearSelection();
8979             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8980         }
8981
8982         return true;
8983     }
8984
8985     return false;
8986 }
8987
8988 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
8989 {
8990     if ( m_table &&
8991          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8992          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8993     {
8994         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8995         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8996
8997         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8998         {
8999             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9000             // non-empty cells
9001             //
9002             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9003             {
9004                 row++;
9005                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9006                     break;
9007             }
9008         }
9009         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9010         {
9011             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9012             //
9013             row++;
9014             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9015             {
9016                 row++;
9017                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9018                     break;
9019             }
9020         }
9021         else
9022         {
9023             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9024             //
9025             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9026             {
9027                 row++;
9028                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9029                 {
9030                     row--;
9031                     break;
9032                 }
9033             }
9034         }
9035
9036         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9037         if ( expandSelection )
9038         {
9039             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9040             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9041         }
9042         else
9043         {
9044             ClearSelection();
9045             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9046         }
9047
9048         return true;
9049     }
9050
9051     return false;
9052 }
9053
9054 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9055 {
9056     if ( m_table &&
9057          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9058          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9059     {
9060         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9061         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9062
9063         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9064         {
9065             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9066             // non-empty cells
9067             //
9068             while ( col > 0 )
9069             {
9070                 col--;
9071                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9072                     break;
9073             }
9074         }
9075         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9076         {
9077             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9078             //
9079             col--;
9080             while ( col > 0 )
9081             {
9082                 col--;
9083                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9084                     break;
9085             }
9086         }
9087         else
9088         {
9089             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9090             //
9091             while ( col > 0 )
9092             {
9093                 col--;
9094                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9095                 {
9096                     col++;
9097                     break;
9098                 }
9099             }
9100         }
9101
9102         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9103         if ( expandSelection )
9104         {
9105             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9106             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9107         }
9108         else
9109         {
9110             ClearSelection();
9111             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9112         }
9113
9114         return true;
9115     }
9116
9117     return false;
9118 }
9119
9120 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9121 {
9122     if ( m_table &&
9123          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9124          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9125     {
9126         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9127         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9128
9129         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9130         {
9131             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9132             // non-empty cells
9133             //
9134             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9135             {
9136                 col++;
9137                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9138                     break;
9139             }
9140         }
9141         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9142         {
9143             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9144             //
9145             col++;
9146             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9147             {
9148                 col++;
9149                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9150                     break;
9151             }
9152         }
9153         else
9154         {
9155             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9156             //
9157             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9158             {
9159                 col++;
9160                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9161                 {
9162                     col--;
9163                     break;
9164                 }
9165             }
9166         }
9167
9168         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9169         if ( expandSelection )
9170         {
9171             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9172             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9173         }
9174         else
9175         {
9176             ClearSelection();
9177             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9178         }
9179
9180         return true;
9181     }
9182
9183     return false;
9184 }
9185
9186 //
9187 // ------ Label values and formatting
9188 //
9189
9190 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9191 {
9192     if ( horiz )
9193         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9194     if ( vert )
9195         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9196 }
9197
9198 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9199 {
9200     if ( horiz )
9201         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9202     if ( vert )
9203         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9204 }
9205
9206 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation()
9207 {
9208     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9209 }
9210
9211 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
9212 {
9213     if ( m_table )
9214     {
9215         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9216     }
9217     else
9218     {
9219         wxString s;
9220         s << row;
9221         return s;
9222     }
9223 }
9224
9225 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col )
9226 {
9227     if ( m_table )
9228     {
9229         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9230     }
9231     else
9232     {
9233         wxString s;
9234         s << col;
9235         return s;
9236     }
9237 }
9238
9239 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9240 {
9241     width = wxMax( width, 0 );
9242     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9243     {
9244         if ( width == 0 )
9245         {
9246             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9247             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9248         }
9249         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9250         {
9251             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9252             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9253                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9254         }
9255
9256         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9257         CalcWindowSizes();
9258         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9259     }
9260 }
9261
9262 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9263 {
9264     height = wxMax( height, 0 );
9265     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9266     {
9267         if ( height == 0 )
9268         {
9269             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9270             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9271         }
9272         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9273         {
9274             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9275             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9276                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9277         }
9278
9279         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9280         CalcWindowSizes();
9281         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9282     }
9283 }
9284
9285 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9286 {
9287     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9288     {
9289         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9290         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9291         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9292         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9293
9294         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9295         {
9296             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9297             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9298             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9299         }
9300     }
9301 }
9302
9303 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9304 {
9305     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9306     {
9307         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9308         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9309         {
9310             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9311             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9312         }
9313     }
9314 }
9315
9316 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9317 {
9318     m_labelFont = font;
9319     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9320     {
9321         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9322         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9323     }
9324 }
9325
9326 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9327 {
9328     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9329     switch ( horiz )
9330     {
9331         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9332         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9333         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9334     }
9335
9336     switch ( vert )
9337     {
9338         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9339         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9340         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9341     }
9342
9343     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9344     {
9345         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9346     }
9347
9348     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9349     {
9350         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9351     }
9352
9353     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9354     {
9355         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9356     }
9357 }
9358
9359 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9360 {
9361     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9362     switch ( horiz )
9363     {
9364         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9365         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9366         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9367     }
9368
9369     switch ( vert )
9370     {
9371         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9372         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9373         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9374     }
9375
9376     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9377     {
9378         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9379     }
9380
9381     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9382     {
9383         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9384     }
9385
9386     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9387     {
9388         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9389     }
9390 }
9391
9392 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9393 //       does not support vertical printing
9394 //
9395 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9396 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9397 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9398 //
9399 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9400 {
9401     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9402         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9403
9404     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9405         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9406 }
9407
9408 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9409 {
9410     if ( m_table )
9411     {
9412         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9413         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9414         {
9415             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9416             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9417             {
9418                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9419                 rect.x = 0;
9420                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9421                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9422             }
9423         }
9424     }
9425 }
9426
9427 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9428 {
9429     if ( m_table )
9430     {
9431         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9432         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9433         {
9434             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9435             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9436             {
9437                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9438                 rect.y = 0;
9439                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9440                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9441             }
9442         }
9443     }
9444 }
9445
9446 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9447 {
9448     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9449     {
9450         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9451
9452         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9453         PrepareDC( dc );
9454         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9455     }
9456 }
9457
9458 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9459 {
9460     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9461     {
9462         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9463
9464         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9465         PrepareDC( dc );
9466         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9467         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9468         attr->DecRef();
9469     }
9470 }
9471
9472 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9473 {
9474     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9475     {
9476         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9477
9478         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9479         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9480         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9481         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9482         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9483             return;
9484
9485         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9486         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9487     }
9488 }
9489
9490 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9491 {
9492     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9493     {
9494         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9495
9496         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9497         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9498         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9499         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9500         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9501             return;
9502
9503         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9504         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9505     }
9506 }
9507
9508 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9509 {
9510     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9511     {
9512         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9513
9514         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9515         {
9516             if ( enable )
9517             {
9518                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9519                 PrepareDC( dc );
9520                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9521             }
9522             else
9523             {
9524                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9525             }
9526         }
9527     }
9528 }
9529
9530 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize()
9531 {
9532     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9533 }
9534
9535 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row )
9536 {
9537     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9538
9539     return GetRowHeight(row);
9540 }
9541
9542 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize()
9543 {
9544     return m_defaultColWidth;
9545 }
9546
9547 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col )
9548 {
9549     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9550
9551     return GetColWidth(col);
9552 }
9553
9554 // ============================================================================
9555 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9556 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9557 // ============================================================================
9558
9559 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9560 // setting default attributes
9561 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9562
9563 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9564 {
9565     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9566 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9567     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9568 #endif
9569 }
9570
9571 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9572 {
9573     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9574 }
9575
9576 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9577 {
9578     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9579 }
9580
9581 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9582 {
9583     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9584 }
9585
9586 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9587 {
9588     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9589 }
9590
9591 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9592 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9593 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9594 // work correctly.
9595
9596 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9597 {
9598     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9599                      renderer,
9600                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9601 }
9602
9603 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9604 {
9605     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9606                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9607                      editor);
9608 }
9609
9610 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9611 // access to the default attrbiutes
9612 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9613
9614 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()
9615 {
9616     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9617 }
9618
9619 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour()
9620 {
9621     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9622 }
9623
9624 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont()
9625 {
9626     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9627 }
9628
9629 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9630 {
9631     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9632 }
9633
9634 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow()
9635 {
9636     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9637 }
9638
9639 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9640 {
9641     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9642 }
9643
9644 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9645 {
9646     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9647 }
9648
9649 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9650 // access to cell attributes
9651 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9652
9653 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col)
9654 {
9655     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9656     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9657     attr->DecRef();
9658
9659     return colour;
9660 }
9661
9662 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col )
9663 {
9664     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9665     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9666     attr->DecRef();
9667
9668     return colour;
9669 }
9670
9671 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col )
9672 {
9673     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9674     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9675     attr->DecRef();
9676
9677     return font;
9678 }
9679
9680 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert )
9681 {
9682     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9683     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9684     attr->DecRef();
9685 }
9686
9687 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col )
9688 {
9689     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9690     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9691     attr->DecRef();
9692
9693     return allow;
9694 }
9695
9696 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols )
9697 {
9698     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9699     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9700     attr->DecRef();
9701 }
9702
9703 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col)
9704 {
9705     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9706     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9707     attr->DecRef();
9708
9709     return renderer;
9710 }
9711
9712 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col)
9713 {
9714     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9715     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9716     attr->DecRef();
9717
9718     return editor;
9719 }
9720
9721 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9722 {
9723     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9724     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9725     attr->DecRef();
9726
9727     return isReadOnly;
9728 }
9729
9730 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9731 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9732 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9733
9734 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes()
9735 {
9736     if ( !m_table )
9737     {
9738         return false;
9739     }
9740
9741     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9742 }
9743
9744 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9745 {
9746     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9747     {
9748         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9749         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9750         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9751     }
9752 }
9753
9754 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9755 {
9756     if ( attr != NULL )
9757     {
9758         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9759
9760         self->ClearAttrCache();
9761         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9762         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9763         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9764         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9765     }
9766 }
9767
9768 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9769 {
9770     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9771     {
9772         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9773         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9774
9775 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9776         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9777 #endif
9778
9779         return true;
9780     }
9781     else
9782     {
9783 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9784         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9785 #endif
9786
9787         return false;
9788     }
9789 }
9790
9791 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9792 {
9793     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9794     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9795     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9796     if ( row >= 0 )
9797     {
9798         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9799         {
9800             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9801                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9802             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9803         }
9804     }
9805
9806     if (attr)
9807     {
9808         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9809     }
9810     else
9811     {
9812         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9813         attr->IncRef();
9814     }
9815
9816     return attr;
9817 }
9818
9819 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9820 {
9821     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9822     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9823
9824     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9825     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9826
9827     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9828     if ( !attr )
9829     {
9830         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9831
9832         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9833         attr->IncRef();
9834         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9835     }
9836
9837     return attr;
9838 }
9839
9840 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9841 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9842 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9843
9844 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9845 {
9846     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9847 }
9848
9849 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9850 {
9851     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9852 }
9853
9854 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9855 {
9856     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9857     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9858     {
9859         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9860     }
9861
9862     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9863 }
9864
9865 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9866 {
9867     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
9868     if (!attr)
9869         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
9870     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9871     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9872
9873     SetColAttr(col, attr);
9874
9875 }
9876
9877 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9878 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
9879 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9880
9881 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9882 {
9883     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9884     {
9885         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9886         ClearAttrCache();
9887     }
9888     else
9889     {
9890         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9891     }
9892 }
9893
9894 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9895 {
9896     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9897     {
9898         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
9899         ClearAttrCache();
9900     }
9901     else
9902     {
9903         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9904     }
9905 }
9906
9907 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9908 {
9909     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9910     {
9911         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
9912         ClearAttrCache();
9913     }
9914     else
9915     {
9916         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9917     }
9918 }
9919
9920 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9921 {
9922     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9923     {
9924         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9925         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
9926         attr->DecRef();
9927     }
9928 }
9929
9930 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9931 {
9932     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9933     {
9934         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9935         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
9936         attr->DecRef();
9937     }
9938 }
9939
9940 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
9941 {
9942     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9943     {
9944         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9945         attr->SetFont(font);
9946         attr->DecRef();
9947     }
9948 }
9949
9950 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
9951 {
9952     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9953     {
9954         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9955         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9956         attr->DecRef();
9957     }
9958 }
9959
9960 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
9961 {
9962     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9963     {
9964         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9965         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
9966         attr->DecRef();
9967     }
9968 }
9969
9970 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
9971 {
9972     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9973     {
9974         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
9975
9976         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9977         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
9978         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
9979         attr->DecRef();
9980
9981         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
9982         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
9983         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
9984         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
9985         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
9986                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
9987         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
9988                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
9989
9990         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
9991         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
9992         {
9993             int i, j;
9994             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
9995             {
9996                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
9997                 {
9998                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9999                     {
10000                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10001                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10002                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10003                     }
10004                 }
10005             }
10006         }
10007
10008         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10009         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10010         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10011         {
10012             int i, j;
10013             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10014             {
10015                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10016                 {
10017                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10018                     {
10019                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10020                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10021                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10022                     }
10023                 }
10024             }
10025         }
10026     }
10027 }
10028
10029 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10030 {
10031     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10032     {
10033         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10034         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10035         attr->DecRef();
10036     }
10037 }
10038
10039 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10040 {
10041     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10042     {
10043         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10044         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10045         attr->DecRef();
10046     }
10047 }
10048
10049 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10050 {
10051     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10052     {
10053         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10054         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10055         attr->DecRef();
10056     }
10057 }
10058
10059 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10060 // Data type registration
10061 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10062
10063 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10064                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10065                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10066 {
10067     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10068 }
10069
10070
10071 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10072 {
10073     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10074     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10075 }
10076
10077 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10078 {
10079     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10080     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10081 }
10082
10083 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10084 {
10085     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10086     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10087     {
10088         wxString errStr;
10089
10090         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
10091         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
10092
10093         return NULL;
10094     }
10095
10096     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10097 }
10098
10099 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10100 {
10101     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10102     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10103     {
10104         wxString errStr;
10105
10106         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
10107         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
10108
10109         return NULL;
10110     }
10111
10112     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10113 }
10114
10115 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10116 // row/col size
10117 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10118
10119 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10120 {
10121     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10122 }
10123
10124 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10125 {
10126     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10127 }
10128
10129 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10130 {
10131     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10132 }
10133
10134 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10135 {
10136     m_canDragCell = enable;
10137 }
10138
10139 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10140 {
10141     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10142
10143     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10144     {
10145         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10146         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10147         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10148         // some speed optimisations)
10149         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10150         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10151         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10152             CalcDimensions();
10153     }
10154 }
10155
10156 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10157 {
10158     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10159
10160     // See comment in SetColSize
10161     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10162         return;
10163
10164     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10165     {
10166         // need to really create the array
10167         InitRowHeights();
10168     }
10169
10170     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10171     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10172
10173     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10174     int i;
10175     for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10176     {
10177         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10178     }
10179
10180     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10181         CalcDimensions();
10182 }
10183
10184 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10185 {
10186     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth );
10187
10188     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10189     {
10190         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10191         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10192         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10193         // some speed optimisations)
10194         m_colWidths.Empty();
10195         m_colRights.Empty();
10196         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10197             CalcDimensions();
10198     }
10199 }
10200
10201 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10202 {
10203     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10204
10205     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10206     //                                                                 (VZ)
10207     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10208     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10209     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10210     //
10211     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10212
10213     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10214         return;
10215
10216     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10217     {
10218         // need to really create the array
10219         InitColWidths();
10220     }
10221
10222     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10223     if ( width < 0 )
10224     {
10225         long w, h;
10226         wxArrayString lines;
10227         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10228         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10229         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10230         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10231         width = w + 6;
10232     }
10233
10234     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10235     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10236     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10237
10238     int i;
10239     int colPos;
10240     for ( colPos = GetColPos( col ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10241     {
10242         i = GetColAt( colPos );
10243         m_colRights[i] += diff;
10244     }
10245
10246     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10247         CalcDimensions();
10248 }
10249
10250 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10251 {
10252     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10253     {
10254         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10255         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10256     }
10257 }
10258
10259 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10260 {
10261     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10262     {
10263         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10264         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10265     }
10266 }
10267
10268 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10269 {
10270     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10271     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10272
10273     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10274 }
10275
10276 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10277 {
10278     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10279     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10280
10281     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10282 }
10283
10284 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10285 {
10286     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10287     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10288     if ( width >= 0 )
10289         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10290 }
10291
10292 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10293 {
10294     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10295     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10296     if ( height >= 0 )
10297         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10298 }
10299
10300 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10301 {
10302     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10303 }
10304
10305 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10306 {
10307     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10308 }
10309
10310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10311 // auto sizing
10312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10313
10314 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
10315 {
10316     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10317
10318     // cancel editing of cell
10319     HideCellEditControl();
10320     SaveEditControlValue();
10321
10322     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10323     int row = -1,
10324         col = -1;
10325     if ( column )
10326         col = colOrRow;
10327     else
10328         row = colOrRow;
10329
10330     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10331     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10332     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10333     {
10334         if ( column )
10335             row = rowOrCol;
10336         else
10337             col = rowOrCol;
10338
10339         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10340         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10341         if ( renderer )
10342         {
10343             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10344             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10345             if ( extent > extentMax )
10346                 extentMax = extent;
10347
10348             renderer->DecRef();
10349         }
10350
10351         attr->DecRef();
10352     }
10353
10354     // now also compare with the column label extent
10355     wxCoord w, h;
10356     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10357
10358     if ( column )
10359     {
10360         dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10361         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10362             w = h;
10363     }
10364     else
10365         dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10366
10367     extent = column ? w : h;
10368     if ( extent > extentMax )
10369         extentMax = extent;
10370
10371     if ( !extentMax )
10372     {
10373         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10374         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10375         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10376     }
10377     else
10378     {
10379         if ( column )
10380             // leave some space around text
10381             extentMax += 10;
10382         else
10383             extentMax += 6;
10384     }
10385
10386     if ( column )
10387     {
10388         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10389         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10390         {
10391             int cw, ch, dummy;
10392             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10393             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10394             rect.y = 0;
10395             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10396             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10397             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10398             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10399         }
10400     }
10401     else
10402     {
10403         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10404         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10405         {
10406             int cw, ch, dummy;
10407             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10408             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10409             rect.x = 0;
10410             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10411             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10412             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10413             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10414         }
10415     }
10416
10417     if ( setAsMin )
10418     {
10419         if ( column )
10420             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10421         else
10422             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10423     }
10424 }
10425
10426 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10427 {
10428     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10429
10430     if ( !calcOnly )
10431         BeginBatch();
10432
10433     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10434     {
10435         if ( !calcOnly )
10436             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10437
10438         width += GetColWidth(col);
10439     }
10440
10441     if ( !calcOnly )
10442         EndBatch();
10443
10444     return width;
10445 }
10446
10447 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10448 {
10449     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10450
10451     if ( !calcOnly )
10452         BeginBatch();
10453
10454     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10455     {
10456         if ( !calcOnly )
10457             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10458
10459         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10460     }
10461
10462     if ( !calcOnly )
10463         EndBatch();
10464
10465     return height;
10466 }
10467
10468 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10469 {
10470     BeginBatch();
10471
10472     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false));
10473
10474     // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
10475     // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width
10476     // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary
10477     // scrollbar steps
10478     wxSize sizeFit(
10479         GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * m_scrollLineX,
10480         GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * m_scrollLineY );
10481
10482     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10483     // extra white space
10484
10485     // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above
10486     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1);
10487     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10488     {
10489         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10490         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10491         if ( diffPerCol )
10492         {
10493             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10494             {
10495                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10496             }
10497         }
10498
10499         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10500         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10501         if ( diff )
10502         {
10503             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10504             {
10505                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10506             }
10507         }
10508     }
10509
10510     // same for rows
10511     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1);
10512     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10513     {
10514         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10515         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10516         if ( diffPerRow )
10517         {
10518             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10519             {
10520                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10521             }
10522         }
10523
10524         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10525         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10526         if ( diff )
10527         {
10528             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10529             {
10530                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10531             }
10532         }
10533     }
10534
10535     EndBatch();
10536
10537     SetClientSize(sizeFit);
10538 }
10539
10540 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10541 {
10542     wxArrayString lines;
10543     long w, h;
10544
10545     // Hide the edit control, so it
10546     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10547     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10548     {
10549         HideCellEditControl();
10550         SaveEditControlValue();
10551     }
10552
10553     // autosize row height depending on label text
10554     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10555     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10556     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10557     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10558         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10559     SetRowSize(row, h);
10560     ForceRefresh();
10561 }
10562
10563 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10564 {
10565     wxArrayString lines;
10566     long w, h;
10567
10568     // Hide the edit control, so it
10569     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10570     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10571     {
10572         HideCellEditControl();
10573         SaveEditControlValue();
10574     }
10575
10576     // autosize column width depending on label text
10577     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10578     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10579     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10580         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10581     else
10582         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10583     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10584         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10585     SetColSize(col, w);
10586     ForceRefresh();
10587 }
10588
10589 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10590 {
10591     // don't set sizes, only calculate them
10592     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10593
10594     int width, height;
10595     width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true);
10596     height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true);
10597
10598     if (!width)
10599         width = 100;
10600     if (!height)
10601         height = 80;
10602
10603     // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate
10604     // NOTE: this still doesn't get rid of the scrollbars;
10605     // is there any magic incantation for that?
10606     int xpu, ypu;
10607     GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu);
10608     if (xpu)
10609         width  += 1 + xpu - (width  % xpu);
10610     if (ypu)
10611         height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu);
10612
10613     // limit to 1/4 of the screen size
10614     int maxwidth, maxheight;
10615     wxDisplaySize( &maxwidth, &maxheight );
10616     maxwidth /= 2;
10617     maxheight /= 2;
10618     if ( width > maxwidth )
10619         width = maxwidth;
10620     if ( height > maxheight )
10621         height = maxheight;
10622
10623     wxSize best(width, height);
10624
10625     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10626     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10627     // calculation.
10628     // CacheBestSize(size);
10629
10630     return best;
10631 }
10632
10633 void wxGrid::Fit()
10634 {
10635     AutoSize();
10636 }
10637
10638 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10639 {
10640     return wxNullPen;
10641 }
10642
10643 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10644 // cell value accessor functions
10645 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10646
10647 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10648 {
10649     if ( m_table )
10650     {
10651         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10652         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10653         {
10654             int dummy;
10655             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10656             rect.x = 0;
10657             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10658             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10659             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10660         }
10661
10662         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10663              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10664              IsCellEditControlShown())
10665              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10666              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10667              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10668         {
10669             HideCellEditControl();
10670             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10671         }
10672     }
10673 }
10674
10675 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10676 // block, row and column selection
10677 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10678
10679 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10680 {
10681     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10682         ClearSelection();
10683
10684     if ( m_selection )
10685         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10686 }
10687
10688 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10689 {
10690     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10691         ClearSelection();
10692
10693     if ( m_selection )
10694         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10695 }
10696
10697 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10698                           bool addToSelected )
10699 {
10700     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10701         ClearSelection();
10702
10703     if ( m_selection )
10704         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10705                                   false, addToSelected );
10706 }
10707
10708 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10709 {
10710     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10711     {
10712         if ( m_selection )
10713             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10714     }
10715 }
10716
10717 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10718 // cell, row and col deselection
10719 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10720
10721 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10722 {
10723     if ( !m_selection )
10724         return;
10725
10726     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10727     {
10728         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10729             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10730     }
10731     else
10732     {
10733         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10734         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10735         {
10736             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10737                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10738         }
10739     }
10740 }
10741
10742 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10743 {
10744     if ( !m_selection )
10745         return;
10746
10747     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10748     {
10749         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10750             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10751     }
10752     else
10753     {
10754         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10755         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10756         {
10757             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10758                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10759         }
10760     }
10761 }
10762
10763 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10764 {
10765     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10766         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10767 }
10768
10769 bool wxGrid::IsSelection()
10770 {
10771     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10772              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10773                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10774 }
10775
10776 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10777 {
10778     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10779              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10780                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10781                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10782                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10783 }
10784
10785 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10786 {
10787     if (!m_selection)
10788     {
10789         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10790         return a;
10791     }
10792
10793     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10794 }
10795
10796 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10797 {
10798     if (!m_selection)
10799     {
10800         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10801         return a;
10802     }
10803
10804     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10805 }
10806
10807 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10808 {
10809     if (!m_selection)
10810     {
10811         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10812         return a;
10813     }
10814
10815     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10816 }
10817
10818 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10819 {
10820     if (!m_selection)
10821     {
10822         wxArrayInt a;
10823         return a;
10824     }
10825
10826     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10827 }
10828
10829 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10830 {
10831     if (!m_selection)
10832     {
10833         wxArrayInt a;
10834         return a;
10835     }
10836
10837     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10838 }
10839
10840 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10841 {
10842     m_selectingTopLeft =
10843     m_selectingBottomRight =
10844     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10845     if ( m_selection )
10846         m_selection->ClearSelection();
10847 }
10848
10849 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
10850 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
10851 //
10852 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
10853                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight )
10854 {
10855     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
10856     wxRect cellRect;
10857
10858     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
10859     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10860     {
10861         rect = cellRect;
10862     }
10863     else
10864     {
10865         rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
10866     }
10867
10868     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
10869     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10870     {
10871         rect += cellRect;
10872     }
10873     else
10874     {
10875         return wxGridNoCellRect;
10876     }
10877
10878     int i, j;
10879     int left = rect.GetLeft();
10880     int top = rect.GetTop();
10881     int right = rect.GetRight();
10882     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
10883
10884     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
10885     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
10886     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
10887     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
10888
10889     if (left > right)
10890     {
10891         i = left;
10892         left = right;
10893         right = i;
10894         i = leftCol;
10895         leftCol = rightCol;
10896         rightCol = i;
10897     }
10898
10899     if (top > bottom)
10900     {
10901         i = top;
10902         top = bottom;
10903         bottom = i;
10904         i = topRow;
10905         topRow = bottomRow;
10906         bottomRow = i;
10907     }
10908
10909     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
10910     {
10911         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
10912         {
10913             if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol))
10914             {
10915                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
10916
10917                 if (cellRect.x < left)
10918                     left = cellRect.x;
10919                 if (cellRect.y < top)
10920                     top = cellRect.y;
10921                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
10922                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
10923                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
10924                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
10925             }
10926             else
10927             {
10928                 i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
10929             }
10930         }
10931     }
10932
10933     // convert to scrolled coords
10934     //
10935     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
10936     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
10937
10938     int cw, ch;
10939     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10940
10941     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
10942         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
10943
10944     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
10945     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
10946     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
10947     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
10948
10949     return rect;
10950 }
10951
10952 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10953 // grid event classes
10954 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10955
10956 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10957
10958 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10959                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
10960                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10961         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10962 {
10963     m_row = row;
10964     m_col = col;
10965     m_x = x;
10966     m_y = y;
10967     m_selecting = sel;
10968     m_control = control;
10969     m_shift = shift;
10970     m_alt = alt;
10971     m_meta = meta;
10972
10973     SetEventObject(obj);
10974 }
10975
10976
10977 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10978
10979 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10980                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
10981                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10982         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10983 {
10984     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
10985     m_x = x;
10986     m_y = y;
10987     m_control = control;
10988     m_shift = shift;
10989     m_alt = alt;
10990     m_meta = meta;
10991
10992     SetEventObject(obj);
10993 }
10994
10995
10996 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10997
10998 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10999                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11000                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11001                                                bool sel, bool control,
11002                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11003         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11004 {
11005     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11006     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11007     m_selecting = sel;
11008     m_control = control;
11009     m_shift = shift;
11010     m_alt = alt;
11011     m_meta = meta;
11012
11013     SetEventObject(obj);
11014 }
11015
11016
11017 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11018
11019 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11020                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11021                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11022     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11023 {
11024     SetEventObject(obj);
11025     m_row = row;
11026     m_col = col;
11027     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11028 }
11029
11030 #endif // wxUSE_GRID